Siemens Isi En 50295 Users Manual 01_Titel+Umschlag_IKPI_2004_eng_30mm.FH10
EN 50295 to the manual d3d1be28-b3fd-4598-bc00-3b83c2690a82
2015-02-05
: Siemens Siemens-Isi-En-50295-Users-Manual-410336 siemens-isi-en-50295-users-manual-410336 siemens pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 152
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
AS-Interface according to EN 50295 6/2 6/2 6/3 6/4 6/5 Introduction Transmission technology Configuration example System components Technical specifications 6/6 A/B technique 6/8 6/8 6/9 6/11 6/15 6/18 6/19 AS-Interface Safety at work Introduction AS-Interface safety monitors AS-Interface safe compact modules AS-Interface position switches AS-Interface cable-operated switches AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays for Category 4 AS-Interface laser scanner LS4 AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons Accessories 6/24 6/30 6/30 AS-Interface Master 6/31 6/31 Masters for SIMATIC S5 CP 2430 6/33 6/33 6/35 6/37 6/39 Masters for SIMATIC S7 CP 142-2 CP 243-2 CP 343-2 CP 343-2 P ST 70 1) Masters for SIMATIC C7 Sec. 8 2) AS-Interface network transitions DP/AS Interface Link 20E DP/AS Interface Link 65 AS-Interface Slaves 6/41 6/41 6/43 6/51 6/56 6/64 6/71 6/74 6/75 I/O modules for operation in the field Introduction Digital I/O modules IP67 – K60 Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K – K60R Digital I/O modules IP67 – K45 Digital I/O modules IP67 – application modules Analog I/O modules IP67 – K60 Pneumatic I/O modules 6/75 6/77 6/88 6/93 I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet Introduction SlimLine F90 module Flat module 6/94 6/94 Special integrated solutions AS-Interface Communication modules AS-Interface Slaves (continued) 6/98 6/98 6/100 6/103 Modules with special functions Counter modules Earth fault detection modules Overvoltage protection module 6/105 AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders 6/105 AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC) 6/113 AS-Interface motor starters IP67 (24 V DC) 6/116 ECOFAST motor and soft starter 6/117 AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders 6/117 Load feeder modules IP20 LV 10 3) AS-Interface Direct/Reverse Starter 6/121 SIRIUS soft starters LV 10 3) Communications capable contactors 55 to 250 kW LV 10 3) Double relays and transformers 6/122 SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights 6/122 AS-Interface F-Adapter for EMERGENCY STOP command devices 6/123 AS-Interface enclosure 6/124 AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules 6/133 AS-Interface LED displays 6/134 AS-Interface for LOGO! LV 10 3) AS-Interface signal columns 6/135 6/135 6/136 6/141 AS-Interface power supply units Introduction Power supply units IP20 Power supply units IP65 6/143 Transmission media 6/143 AS-Interface shaped cable 6/145 6/145 6/147 6/149 6/151 System components and accessories Repeater/Extender Addressing units Diagnostic units Miscellaneous accessories 6/152 Documentation 1) 2) 3) see Catalog ST 70 ”Products for Totally Integrated Automation and Micro Automation“ see Section 8 see Catalog LV 10 ”Controlgear for Industry“ Siemens IK PI . 2004 AS-Interface Introduction $6,QWHUIDFH Transmission technology ■ Overview Transmission method A significant feature of the AS-Interface technology is the use of a common, two-wire cable for data transmission and distribution of auxiliary power to sensors/actuators. An AS-Interface power supply unit, which meets the requirements of the AS-Interface transmission technology, is used for this system. The AS-Interface shaped cable provides mechanical coding and thus prevents polarity reversal; penetration terminals are used for simple contacting. 6 ■ Benefits The AS-Interface is a single master system. Communications processors (CPs) are available for SIMATIC® systems which control process or field communication as masters. Cabinets that were previously overflowing with complicated control line wiring and marshalling distributors can now be replaced by AS-Interface. The AS-Interface cable can be connected at any point, thanks to specially developed wiring and connection using the insulation displacement method. This concept gives you tremendous flexibility and considerably cuts costs. 6/2 Siemens IK PI · 2004 The system expansion now allows double the quantity of slaves (max. 62) to be operated on AS-Interface. The analog values are now also preprocessed in the master. For direct connection of AS-Interface to PROFIBUS DP, DP/AS-Interface Link 20E is available. Using this DP/AS-Interface link, the AS-Interface can be used as a subnet for PROFIBUS DP. The AS-Interface is an open standard. Leading manufacturers of actuators and sensors support AS-Interface worldwide. Interested companies can obtain the electrical and mechanical specifications from the AS-Interface Association on request. AS-Interface Introduction Configuration examples ■ Function AS-Interface slaves (according to analog profile 7.3 or 7.4) is just as easy as with digital slaves. Operating modes In general, the master interfaces distinguish between the following operating modes: Command interface In addition to the I/O data exchange with binary and analog ASInterface slaves, the AS-Interface masters offer a range of additional functions through the command interface. This means that, from user programs, slave addresses can be assigned, parameter values can be transferred and diagnostic information can be read out. I/O data transfer The inputs and outputs of the binary AS-Interface slaves are read and written in this operating mode. Analog value transmission The AS-Interface masters according to the Complete AS-Interface Specification V2.1 support integrated analog value processing. This means that data exchange with analog ■ Design In practice this means: The installation runs without problems because data and power are transported through a single common cable. No specialist know-how is required for installation and startup. In addition, the simple installation and clear structuring of the wiring and special cable design not only considerably reduce the risk of faults but also reduce service and maintenance costs. Process or field communication AS-Interface is used wherever individual actuators and sensors are physically distributed throughout the machine (e.g. in a bottling plant or on a production line). AS-Interface replaces complicated wiring harnesses and connects binary and analog actuators and sensors, such as proximity switches, valves or indicator lights, to a controller (e.g. SIMATIC) or PC. Connection via AS-Interface cable 6 AS-Interface power section AS-Interface cable AS-Interface power section max 100 m LOGO! AS-Interface distributor (without AS-Interface chip) Repeater AS-Interface distributor (without AS-Interface chip) Operator panel Branch M12 SONAR BERO with int. AS-Interface K60 K45 (with AS-Interface chip) for connection of standard sensors Compact starter IP 65 G_IK10_XX_20027 Standard sensor e.g. inductive BERO Standard encoders e.g. position switches Example of a system configuration Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/3 AS-Interface Introduction System components ■ Overview System components Many system components are available to implement communications. The basic components of a system installation are: • Master interfaces for central control units such as SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7, distributed I/Os ET 200® M/X, • AS-Interface shaped cables • Network components such as repeaters/extenders • The power supply unit for supplying power to the slaves, modules for connecting standard sensors/actuators • Actuators and sensors with integrated ASIC slave • Fail-safe modules for transmission of secure data through AS-Interface, • Address programming device for setting the slave address. C7-621 ASi Integrated interface S7-300 ET 200M CP 343-2 CP 343-2 P S7-200 0 1 CP 243-2 ET 200X CP 142-2 6 CP 2430 S5-115U to 155U Links G_IK10_XX_20009 DP/AS-Interface Link 20E AS-Interface master for SIMATIC 6/4 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Introduction Technical specifications ■ Technical specifications ■ More information Standard EN 50295 Topology Bus, star or tree topology (like electrical installation) Transmission medium Unshielded two-wire cable (2 x 1.5 mm2) for data and auxiliary power Connection method Contacting of the AS-Interface cable using the insulation displacement method Permissible cable length max. 100 m w/o repeater/extender 500 m range with repeater/ extender (parallel connection of repeaters) Cycle time max. 5 ms with full expansion, 10 ms using A/B method Number of stations max. 31 slaves accord. to Complete AS-Interface Spec. V2.0 ; 62 slaves accord. to Complete AS-Interface Spec. V2.1 (A/B method), integrated analog value transmission Number of binary sensors/actuators Max. 124 I/124 O modules according to spec. V2.0; Max. 248 I/186 O modules according to spec. V2.1 Access procedure Cyclical master-slave polling method, cyclical acceptance by host (PLC, PC) Error correction Identification and repetition of faulty messages Please note the operating framework conditions in each case for the specified SIMATIC NET products (Order No. 6GK..., 6XV1...), which you will find on the Internet page listed below. Additional information is available in the Internet under: http://www.siemens.de/simatic-net/ik-info 6 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/5 AS-Interface A/B technique ■ Overview Previously 31 nodes Slave 1 with A/B slaves max. 62 nodes: Slave 1A Slave 1B Mixed operation also permissible: Slave 1 Slave 2A Slave 31 Slave 31A Slave 31B Slave 31 G_IK10_XX_20020 Slave 2B 6 Another new feature of the new AS-Interface specification V2.1 is integrated analog value transfer. In this case, integrated means that no special function blocks are required in order to access the analog values. Accessing data is therefore just as easy in the case of analog values as it is with digital values. Integrated analog value transfer can be used with analog slaves that support Proifiles 7.3 and 7.4. The A/B technique concept The AS-Interface specification 2.1 allows a doubling of network stations from 31 to 62. The 31 addresses that can be assigned in an AS-Interface network can be split into two mutually independent sub-addresses, e.g. in 1A and 1B. If this is utilized for all 31 slaves, up to 62 slaves can be connected within an AS-Interface network. The so-called A/B slaves can each have up to four inputs and three outputs. Slave type Number of slaves Number of inputs Number of outputs AS-Interface standard Standard slave Up to 31 31 x 4 = 124 31 x 4 = 124 AS-Interface version 2.1 A/B slave Up to 62 62 x 4 = 248 62 x 3 = 186 AS-Interface master Communication cycle To operate A/B slaves in an AS-Interface network, master modules working according to the specification 2.1 must also be used. The A/B technique is supported by the SIMATIC S7 masters and the DP/AS-Interface links from Siemens. To masters that do not support specification 2.1, only standard and A slaves can be connected. Standard slaves are polled in every cycle (max. cycle time: 5 ms). The sub-address of A/B slaves is set to “A” by default. Masters and slaves that are already working to the new specification are identified accordingly in the catalog. Addressing A/B slaves A/B slaves can be addressed like standard slaves via all commercial AS-Interface addressing units conforming to specification 2.1. AS-Interface addressing units that do not conform to the new specification 2.1 can readdress A/B slaves only as A slaves. As far as addressing is concerned, an analog slave is like a standard slave. Up to 31 analog slaves can therefore be operated in one AS-Interface segment. 6/6 Siemens IK PI · 2004 If only an A or B slave is installed at an address, this slave is also polled in every cycle (max. cycle time: 5 ms). If an A/B slave pair is installed at an address, slave A is polled in one cycle, slave B in the next (max. cycle time: 10 ms). If only standard and/or A slaves are installed in a network, the cycle time is the same as for standard masters (max. cycle time: 5 ms). ■ Benefits • Lower costs for masters and power supply units • Enhanced decentralization in installations with numerous, widely distributed signals • Existing AS-Interface systems can be expanded further AS-Interface A/B technique ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. Master according to Specification 2.1 CP 243-2 Master for SIMATIC S7-200 6GK7 243-2AX01-0XA0 CP 343-2 Master for SIMATIC S7-300 6GK7 343-2AH00-0XA0 CP 343-2 P master for SIMATIC S7-300 configuration with STEP 7 6GK7 343-2AH10-0XA0 DP/AS-Interface Link 20E Gateway for transition from AS-Interface to PROFIBUS DP 6GK1 415-2AA01 A/B slaves K45 compact module • 4 inputs 3RK2 200-0CQ20-0AA3 - M12 connection 3RK2 200-0CQ20-0AA3 - M8 screw-type connection 3RK2 200-0CT20-0AA3 - M8 snap-on connection 3RK2 200-0CU20-0AA3 • 2 x 2 inputs 3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3 • 3 outputs 3RK2 100-1EQ20-0AA3 • 2 outputs / 2 inputs 1) 3RK2 400-1BQ20-0AA3 K60 compact module • 8 inputs /2 outputs 3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3 • 8 inputs 3RK2 200-0DQ00-0AA3 • 4 inputs/ 3 outputs 3RK2 400-1FQ03-0AA3 6 3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3 Slimline S22.5 • 4 inputs - Screw-type terminals 1) 3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2 - Cage Clamp terminals 1) 3RK2 200-0CG02-0AA2 3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2 Slimline S45 • 4 inputs/ 3 outputs - Screw terminals 3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2 - Cage Clamp terminals 3RK2 400-1FG00-0AA2 3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2 1) Start of delivery: approx. end of 2003. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/7 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work Introduction ■ Overview Security monitor Standard PLC Standard master Secure slave with EMERGENCY-OFF Power section G_IK10_XX_20021 Standard slave Signal evaluation of secure slave/security monitor Master information (through regular I/O transfer) 6 Safety included The Safety at Work concept supports the direct integration of components with relevance for safety, such as emergency stop switches, protective cover switches or safety light barriers, in the AS-Interface network. These are fully compatible with the familiar AS-Interface components (masters, slaves, power supply units, repeaters, etc.) in accordance with EN 50295 and are operated in conjunction with them on the yellow AS-i cable. The signals from the safety sensors are evaluated by a safety monitor. This not only monitors the switching signals of the safety sensors but also continuously checks that data is being transferred correctly. The safety monitor has one or two release circuits in a two-channel configuration which can be used to bring the machine or installation into a safe state. Sensors and monitors can be connected at any point on the AS-Interface network. It is also possible to use several monitors in the same network. A failsafe controller or a special master is not necessary. The master handles safety slaves in the same manner as all other slaves and only receives the safety data for information purposes. They can therefore be used to expand any existing AS-Interface network. Safety at Work guarantees a maximum response time of 40 ms. This is the time between application of the signal to the input of the safe slave and switching off the output at the safety monitor. Tested safety The system has been tested and approved by the German Technical Inspectorate (TÜV). The transmission technique for signals with relevance for safety is designed to allow applications to be implemented up to category 4 in accordance with EN 954-1. Software The safety-related applications can be configured using the configuration software and then transferred into the monitor. Moreover, the software can also be used for online diagnostics. ■ Application Integrated safety systems using AS-Interface can be used in applications for which EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons, protective door locks, Stop category 0 and 1, two-handed operation and light arrays are currently installed. ■ Design The safety system is constructed in the same manner as the now familiar installation of AS-Interface. The family of safe AS-Interface products comprises the safety monitor that monitors the safe stations. The spectrum of safe stations comprises the safe modules and the safety-related sensors with an integrated interface. ■ Function Following a master call, the safe stations transmit their information, like the standard stations, to the master. The safety monitor monitors this transfer from the safe stations to the master and switches • to the EMERGENCY-STOP status (in the case of faults in safe stations) or • to the safe status (in the case of a wire break). The safety monitor is configured using software. The configuration comprises the input signals of the safe stations and the internal functions of the safety monitor. The safety monitor offers OR logic, AND logic, timer functions, buffer storage, etc. ■ Integration ■ Benefits • A failsafe PLC or special master is not required. • Simple system structure due to standardized AS-Interface technique. • Safe and non-safe data on the same bus. • Existing systems can be expanded quickly and easily. • Safe signals can be combined in groups. 6/8 • Integration of the safety signals in the plant diagnostics concept. • Approved up to category 4 acc. to EN 954-1. • Safety at Work is certified by the German Technical Inspectorate (TÜV). Siemens IK PI · 2004 For integration of the safety system into AS-Interface, the existing infrastructure such as the master and the power supply unit can continue to be used. For the safety system, the safety monitor is integrated as a monitoring component and the safe station is integrated as the interface between the safe sensors and the system. The safe sensors can be used as before. AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface safety monitors ■ Overview ■ Function Safety monitor with enlarged functions Logical OR operation In this logical operation up to six elements can be OR gated. (Until now, only two elements could be OR gated). Logical AND operation In addition to the standard AND gating in the main path of an enabling circuit, an AND operation can be inserted into an OR operation. More than two elements can be gated in this AND. Buffer Temporary shutdowns are stored in a buffer for the purpose of diagnostics. Number of devices The number of devices that the safety monitor can process has been increased from 32 to 48. Applications that are larger and more complex can now be simulated in the safety monitor. Timer functions The safety monitor is the core component of Safety at Work. A safe application is configured with a PC via the safety monitor. Various different application-specific operating modes can be used. These include the EMERGENCY-STOP function, tumbler, two-handed operation as well as selection of Stop category 0 or 1. Timers are offered with the functions • Delayed switching-on • Delayed switching-off and • Pulse. Compatibility Any configurations that have been previously created can be loaded into the "new" safety monitor without changes. In order to fully utilize the AS-Interface diagnostic capability, the monitor can also be operated with AS-Interface addresses as an alternative. Two versions of the monitor are available: • Safety monitor with one two-channel release circuit • Safety monitor with two two-channel release circuits ■ Technical specifications Safety monitor 3RK1 105 Rated operational current • Ie/AC-12 up to 250 V, 2 A • Ie/AC-15 115 V, 2A 230 V, 2A • Ie/DC-12 up to 24 V, 3 A • Ie/DC-13 24 V, 1 A 115 V, 0.1 A 230 V, 0.05 A • Response time < 40 ms • Ambient temperature in °C 0 to +60 • Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/9 6 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface safety monitors ■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Design Safety monitor • One enabling circuit 3RK1 105-1AE04-0CA0 • Two enabling circuits 3RK1 105-1BE04-0CA0 Safety monitor with extended functionality Safety monitor • One enabling circuit 3RK1105-1AE04-2CA0 • Two enabling circuits 3RK1105-1BE04-2CA0 Configuration software 3RK1 802-2FB06-0GA0 Cable set 3RK1 901-5AA00 ■ Dimensional drawings L/+ L K1 K2 1.13 1.23 1.Y1 K1 Start 1 K3 K2 Start 1 Start 2 L/+ L K4 1.13 1.23 1.Y1 L/+ AS-i+ AS-i- 1.Y2 AS-i+AS-i- 1.Y2 K1 6 AS-i K2 AS-i L+ M 1 1 2 3 2 3 K1 K2 M 1.Y1 L/+ K3 1.Y1 K4 M L+ 1.32 L+ M/N M Safety monitor with one release circuit 6/10 Siemens IK PI · 2004 g_nsa0_xx_00356 K2 1.32 2.32 M 2.Y1 1.14 1.24 PE 2.14 2.24 1.14 1.24 PE K1 M K1 K2 K3 L+ M/N M Safety monitor with two release circuits K4 g_nsa_xx_00357 L+ AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface safe compact modules ■ Overview The compact module product family will be supplemented with safe modules: • The K45F safe compact module is equipped with two "safe" inputs. For operation up to category 2 acc. to EN 954-1, each input can be separately assigned. If category 4 is required, a two-channel input is available on the module. • The K60F safe compact module has, in addition to the two safe inputs, also two standard outputs. ■ Technical specifications K45F safe compact module K60F safe compact module K60F safe compact module PNP transistor Standard assignment 2 safe inputs PNP transistor Standard assignment 2 safe inputs, 2 standard outputs PNP transistor Standard assignment 2 safe inputs, 2 standard outputs with UAux 3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3 3RK1 405-0BQ00-0AA3 3RK1 405-0BQ00-0AA3 AS-Interface chip SAP 4 SAP 4 SAP 4 Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.5 26.5 to 31.5 26.5 to 31.5 Total current input in mA £ 45 £ 270 £ 270 Input connection PNP PNP PNP -Mechanical switching contact --- -Mechanical switching contact --- -Mechanical switching contact --- Contact open/closed - / /peak ³ 5 Contact open/closed - / /peak ³ 5 Contact open/closed - / /peak ³ 5 Pin1 and 2 = Terminal/switching contact Pin3 and 4 Terminal/switching contact Pin5 = Not assigned Pin1 and 2 = Terminal/switching contact Pin3 and 4 Terminal/switching contact Pin5 = Not assigned Pin1 and 2 = Terminal/switching contact Pin3 and 4 Terminal/switching contact Pin5 = Not assigned Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Sensors • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for all inputs (Tu £ 40 °C) in mA • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Pin assignment inputs Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/11 6 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface safe compact modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity DC 12/13 in A • Current carrying capacity typ. (max. 4 A per module) in A • Pin assignment outputs 6 --- Electronics 2 Electronics -- -- Max. 0.18 Max. 4 -- 3 = "–" 4 = Output 5 = Earth connection Built-in Built-in • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External voltage supply 24 V DC • Watchdog --- 3 = "–" 4 = Output 5 = Earth connection Built-in None -- -- Via black AS-Interface flat cable -- Built-in Built-in I/O configuration 0 7 7 ID/ID2 code B B B Assignment of data bits • Socket 3 and 4 • Socket 5 Not assigned (closed) Not assigned (closed) • Socket 6 Not assigned (closed) • Socket 7 and 8 Not assigned (closed) Not assigned (closed) Pin 4 = OUT1 (D0) Pin 2 = Not assigned (closed) Pin 4 = OUT2 (D1) Pin 2 = Not assigned (closed) Not assigned (closed) Not assigned (closed) Pin 4 = OUT1 (D0) Pin 2 = Not assigned (closed) Pin 4 = OUT2 (D1) Pin 2 = Not assigned (closed) Not assigned (closed) AS-Interface certificate Yes Yes Yes Approvals UL, CSA UL, CSA UL, CSA Degree of protection IP67 IP67 IP67 Earth connection -- PIN 5 of each M 12 socket is connected to the grounding plate in the mounting plate via a pin (outputs only sockets 5 and 6). PIN 5 of each M 12 socket is connected to the grounding plate in the mounting plate via a pin (outputs only sockets 5 and 6). Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 -25 to +85 -25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 -40 to +85 -40 to +85 Number of I/O sockets 2 4 4 Status indication • I/O display • UAux • AS-Interface/diagnostics display Yellow LED -Green/red LED Yellow LED -Green/red LED Yellow LED Green LED Green/red LED Connection via mounting plate for K45 compact module via mounting plate for K60 compact module via mounting plate for K60 compact module Addressing Front addressing socket, after the 15th addressing, the module keeps the last address Front addressing socket, after the 15th addressing, the module keeps the last address Front addressing socket, after the 15th addressing, the module keeps the last address 6/12 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface safe compact modules ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. K45F safe compact module 1) 2FE 3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3 K45 mounting plate 3RK1 901-2EA00 3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3 K60F safe compact module 1) • 2FE/2A 3RK1 405-0BQ00-0AA3 • 2FE/2A with UAux 3RK1 405-1BQ00-0AA3 K60 mounting plate 3RK1 901-0CA00 Input bridge for K45/K60F • Black version 3RK1 901-1AA00 • Red version 3RK1 901-1AA01 AS-Interface M12 sealing caps, protected against manipulation For spare M12 sockets (one packing contains ten sealing caps) 3RK1 901-1KA01 3RK1 901-1AA00 3RK1 901-1KA01 1) Modules supplied without mounting plate. 6 ■ Dimensional drawings 3 1 2 9 1 5 2 Æ 4 ,5 80 6 0 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 6 5 S id e v ie w w ith m o u n tin g p la te 3 R K 1 9 0 1 -0 C A 0 0 45 30 Mounting plate 3RK1901-2EA00 K60F safe module K45F safe module Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/13 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface safe compact modules ■ Schematics Logical assignments K60F Safe Compact Module K45F Safe Compact Module 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 ² 4 3 1 4 ADDR 6 G_NSA0_XX_00355 2 1 4 3 2 N S A _ 0 0 3 5 8 Socket Assignment / data sheet / function Socket Assignment / data sheet / function 1 Pin 1 and Pin 2: affects bits D0 and D1 = Channel 1 Pin 3 and Pin 4: affects bits D2 and D3 = Channel 2 Pin 5 not assigned 1 Pin1 and Pin 2: affects bits D0 and D1 = Channel 1 Pin 3 and Pin 4: affects bits D2 and D3 = Channel 2 Pin 5: unused 2 Pin 1 and Pin 2: affects bits D2 and D3 = Channel 2 Pin 5 not assigned 2 Pin 1 and Pin 2: affects bits D2 and D3 = Channel 2 Pin 5: unused 3 Unused Unused 3/4/7 and 8 Not assigned, factory sealed 4 5 Pin 4: Output 1 Pin 3: -Pin 5: Ground Pin 1 and Pin 2: unused 6 Pin 4: Output 2 Pin 3: -Pin 5: Ground Pin 1 and Pin 2: unused If only one single-channel switch will be connected to the module, this must be connected to Channel 1. The second channel must be bridged. This can be performed with the M12 connector 3RK1901-1AA00 on Socket 2. Pin 3 of Socket 1 is connected to Pin 1 of Socket 2 and Pin 4 of Socket 1 is connected to Pin 2 of Socket 2. If both socket pairs are assigned, the inputs are linked. Pin 3 of Socket 1 is connected to Pin 1 of Socket 2 and Pin 4 of Socket 1 is connected to Pin 2 of Socket 2. If both socket pairs are assigned, the inputs are linked. 6/14 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface position switches ■ Overview ■ Application Position switch with separate actuator The position switches with separate actuator are used in applications in which the position of doors, covers or guards has to be monitored for safety reasons. The position switch can only be switched using the associated coded actuator. It is not possible to bypass it manually or using a tool. Position switch with tumbler The position switches with tumblers are special safety devices that prevent the inadvertent or intentional opening of protective doors, guards or other covers when a dangerous state exists, e.g. for coastdown movements of the switched-off machine. The safety switch with tumbler has two main tasks: • Enabling the machine when the protective device is closed and locked • Disabling the machine when the protective device is open The position switch can only be switched using the associated coded actuator. It is not possible to bypass it manually or using a tool. Position switch from left to right: Standard / Standard, with M12 connector / with tumbler 6 It is also possible now to directly connect SIGUARD position switches via the standard AS-Interface with safety-oriented communication. In this case, the safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up. Position switches convert the mechanical positions of moving machine components into electrical signals. ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface position switch, standard Via AS-Interface F adaptor With direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work For use up to Category 2 acc. to EN 954-1 IP65 • Molded plastic enclosure, EN 50 047, 31 mm wide, slow-action contact, two NC - Overtravel plunger 3SF3 200-6CV00-0BA1 - Roller plunger 3SF3 200-6DV00-0BA1 - Roller lever 3SF3 200-6EV00-0BA1 - Angular roller lever 3SF3 200-6FV00-0BA1 - Swivel lever 3SF3 200-6GV00-0BA1 • Molded plastic enclosure, EN 50 047, 31 mm wide, snap action contact, one NC 3SF3 200-6EV00-0BA1 - Overtravel plunger 3SF3 200-1CV00-0BA1 - Roller plunger 3SF3 200-1DV00-0BA1 - Roller lever 3SF3 200-1EV00-0BA1 - Angular roller lever 3SF3 200-1FV00-0BA1 - Swivel lever 3SF3 200-1GV00-0BA1 Forced opening IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/15 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface position switches ■ Selection and Ordering data (continued) Design Order No. • Metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 40 mm wide, slow-action contact, two NC - Overtravel plunger 3SF3 120-6CV00-0BA1 - Roller plunger 3SF3 120-6DV00-0BA1 - Roller lever 3SF3 120-6EV00-0BA1 - Angular roller lever 3SF3 120-6FV00-0BA1 - Swivel lever 3SF3 120-6GW00-0BA1 • Metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 40 mm wide, snap action contact, one NC 3SF3 120-6GW00-0BA1 - Overtravel plunger 3SF3 120-1CV00-0BA1 - Roller plunger 3SF3 120-1DV00-0BA1 - Roller lever 3SF3 120-1EV00-0BA1 - Angular roller lever 3SF3 120-1FV00-0BA1 - Swivel lever 3SF3 120-1GW00-0BA1 AS-Interface position switch, standard, with M12 connector M12 connector for connecting an additional position switch Direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work For use up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1 IP65 • Molded plastic enclosure, EN 50 047, 50 mm wide, slow-action contact, 1 NC 6 - Overtravel plunger 3SF3 210-0CV00-0BA2 - Roller plunger 3SF3 210-0DV00-0BA2 - Roller lever 3SF3 210-0EV00-0BA2 - Angular roller lever 3SF3 210-0FV00-0BA2 - Swivel lever 3SF3 210-0GV00-0BA2 • Molded plastic enclosure, EN 50 047, 50 mm wide, snap-action contact, 1 NC 3SF3 210-0DV00-0BA2 - Overtravel plunger 3SF3 210-1CV00-0BA2 - Roller plunger 3SF3 210-1DV00-0BA2 - Roller lever 3SF3 210-1EV00-0BA2 - Angular roller lever 3SF3 210-1FV00-0BA2 - Swivel lever 3SF3 210-1GV00-0BA2 • Metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 56 mm wide, slow-action contact, 1 NC - Overtravel plunger 3SF3 100-0CV00-0BA2 - Roller plunger 3SF3 100-0DV00-0BA2 - Roller lever 3SF3 100-0EV00-0BA2 - Angular roller lever 3SF3 100-0FV00-0BA2 - Swivel lever 3SF3 100-0GW00-0BA2 • Metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 56 mm wide, snap-action contact, 1 NC 3SF3 100-0EV00-0BA2 - Overtravel plunger 3SF3 100-1CV00-0BA2 - Roller plunger 3SF3 100-1DV00-0BA2 - Roller lever 3SF3 100-1EV00-0BA2 - Angular roller lever 3SF3 100-1FV00-0BA2 - Swivel lever 3SF3 100-1GW00-0BA2 Forced opening IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K. 6/16 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface position switches ■ Selection and Ordering data (continued) Order No. Design AS-Interface position switch, with separate actuator With direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work For use up to Category 2 acc. to EN 954-1 IP65, Slow-action contact, 2 NC • Molded plastic enclosure, side operation, fixing acc. to EN 50 047 3SF3 200-6XX03-0BA1 • Molded plastic enclosure, front operation, fixing acc. to EN 50 047 3SF3 200-6XX04-0BA1 • Molded plastic enclosure, side and front operation, 52 mm wide - 30 N extraction force 3SF3 243-0XX00-0BA1 - 5 N extraction force 3SF3 243-0XX40-0BA1 - Automatic ejection 3SF3 243-0XX30-0BA1 • Metal enclosure, fixing acc. to EN 50 041 3SF3 120-6XX00-0BA1 Actuator • Standard, Width/length of enclosure 79 mm 3SX3 197 • With crosswise fixing, Width/length of enclosure 50 mm 3SX3 206 • Universal radius, Width/length of enclosure 80 mm 3SX3 203 AS-Interface position switch with separate actuator and M12 connector M12 connector for connecting an additional position switch Direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work For use up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1 IP65, Slow-action contact, one NC Molded plastic enclosure Side and front operation 52 mm wide 3SF3 257-6XX00-0BA2 • 30 N extraction force 3SF3 257-6XX00-0BA2 • 5 N extraction force 3SF3 257-6XX40-0BA2 • Automatic ejection 3SF3 257-6XX30-0BA2 6 Actuator • Standard, Width/length of enclosure 27 mm 3SX3 218 33 mm 3SX3 228 (rmin = 150 mm) • Universal radius, Width/length of enclosure (rmin = 45 mm) AS-Interface position switch, with separate actuator and tumbler With direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work For use up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1 IP65, Pg 13.5, Solenoid voltage 24 V DC Monitoring of actuator and solenoid position • Plastic housing 3SF3 750-6XX00-0BA1 - Locking force 1200 N, locked by spring force 3SF3 760-6XX00-0BA1 - Locking force 1200 N, locked by magnetic force 3SF3 750-6XX00-0BA1 Actuator • Standard, 3SX3 252 • with crosswise fixing 3SX3 253 • radius 3SX3 254 • Metal housing - Locking force 1200 N, locked by spring force 3SF3 860-6XX00-0BA1 - Locking force 1200 N, locked by magnetic force 3SF3 850-6XX00-0BA1 - Locking force 2000 N, locked by spring force 3SF3 840-6XX00-0BA1 - Locking force 2000 N, locked by magnetic force 3SF3 830-6XX00-0BA1 Actuator • Standard, length 3SF3 830-6XX00-0BA1 - for left approach direction, length - with crosswise fixing, length • Universal radius, length 79 mm 3SX3 197 132 mm 3SX3 207 50 mm 3SX3 206 80 mm 3SX3 203 Forced opening IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K. 1) 1) Accessories, technical data, contact travel, circuit diagrams and dimensional drawings for the specified basic switch can be found in the Catalog LV 10, Edition 2004, Section AS-Interface Safety Systems. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/17 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface cable-operated switches ■ Overview ■ Application SIGUARD cable-operated switches are used for monitoring or for EMERGENCY-STOP facilities on particulary endangered system sections. As the effective range of a cable-operated switch is limited by the length of the cord, large systems can also be protected. Specifications Switches with latching for implementation in EMERGENCY-STOP equipment correspond to the EN 418 standard. ■ Function The safety contacts of the AS-Interface cable-operated switch are positively driven. The AS-Interface cable-operated switches are ready to operate after pretensioning of the pull-wire or the rope. When the rope is pretensioned, it must be released before the cable-operated switch can be returned to the original state. It is also possible to connect AS-Interface cable-operated switches via the standard AS-Interface with safety-oriented communication. 6 In this case, the safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up. ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface cable-operated switch With direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work Metal housing with dust protection Implementable up to Category 4 to EN 954-1 IP65 Latching to EN 418 Pushbutton release 2 NC contacts • For cable lengths up to 10 m, with adjustment window 3SF2 120-1BF00-0BA1 • For cable lengths up to 25 m, with adjustment window 3SF2 150-1BF00-0BA1 • For cable lengths up to 50 m 3SF2 140-1BF00-0BA1 Forced opening IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K. 1) Accessories, technical specifications, contact travel, circuit diagrams and dimensional drawings are given for the specified basic switch in Catalog LV 10 Section AS-Interface Safety Systems 6/18 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays for Category 4 ■ Overview ■ Benefits • Double-scan function • Cascading of host and guest devices • Two transmission channels ■ Design A SIGUARD Light Curtain or light array comprises a transmitter and a receiver that must be mounted opposite each other. Depending on the resolution and length, a specific number of transmit and receive diodes are arranged in a vertical row. The infra-red LEDs of the transmitter send short light pulses that are received by the receive diodes. SIGUARD Light Curtains: • Resolution 14, 30 and 50 mm, • Length 150 mm to 3 m, • Cascading of master and slave devices to create larger height or length of protective zone or for angular arrangement. SIGUARD Light Arrays: • 2-, 3- or 4-beam for access protection. The light curtains and light arrays of Category 4 acc. to EN 9541 offer active optical protection for persons at machines. They can be connected to AS-Interface directly and safely as an option. Standards • EN 61 496-1, -2, IEC 61 496-1, -2 (requirements for non-contact protection systems) • EN 999 (incl. calculation of safety clearances) • EN 954-1 (safety of machines, safety-related parts of controls). SIGUARD light curtains and light arrays are • active opto-electronic protective devices (AOPD), • comply with Type 4 acc. to EN 61496-1, -2, • are EU prototype-tested, • protect the operating personel working on or near dangerous machines, • operate contact-free, • are free of wear in comparison to mechanical systems (e.g. safety mats). For further details, see the manual "Safety Integrated“ and the operating instructions for the respective devices. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/19 6 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays for Category 4 ■ Technical specifications Technical specifications common to all AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays 6 Safety classification Type 4 according to IEC 61496-1, -2 or EN 61496-1 (self-monitoring) Height of protective zone in mm 150 to 1800 (for series with 14 and 30 mm resolution) 450 to 3000 (for series with 50 mm resolution) 750 to 3000 (for series with 90 mm resolution) Width of protective zone, sensing range in m 0.3 to 6 (for series with 14 mm resolution) 0.8 to 18 (for series with 30, 50 and 90 mm resolution as well as for light arrays) 0.6 to 60 (for light arrays) Detection capability 14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm or 90 mm or complete persons with 2, 3 or 4 beams Response time of the safety equipment in ms 1) 12 to 44, d-scan 15 to 83 (for 14 mm resolution) 12 to 25, d-scan 15 to 44 (for 30 mm resolution) < 22, d-scan 38 (for 50 mm resolution) < 18, d-scan 25 (for 90 mm resolution) Response time of the complete system Response time 3SF7842 + response time of AS-Interface safety monitor (max. 40 ms) Degree of protection IP65 Supply current in mA Max. 130 (transmitter) Max 140 (receiver) Operating mode Protection mode without restart lockout Transmitter/receiver synchronization Optical synchronization, two transmission channels can be selected Infra-red disturbance suppression Two techniques for selection: Standard = high suppression d-scan = extremely high degree of suppression Cross-section in mm 55 * 52 Length in mm 234 to 3084 (depending on height of protective zone) Air humidity in % 15 to 95 Operating temperature in °C 0 to +55 Storage temperature in °C -25 to +70 Supply voltage in V 26.5 to 31.6 (according to AS-Interface specification) ID-code receiver B I/O-code receiver 0 (four data bits as outputs) Slave address receiver Active bus component, programmed by the user in the range 1 to 31 (delivery status = bus address 0), supply voltage from the AS-Interface network Slave address transmitter Passive bus component (no bus address), supply voltage from the AS-Interface network Cycle time in ms 5 (according to AS-Interface specification) AS-Interface profile Safe slave Electrical connection M 12 plug: Pin 1 = ASI+ Pin 3 = ASI- 1) From interruption of the protective zone to the cut-out command on AS-Interface 6/20 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays for Category 4 ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. SIGUARD Standard Light Curtain, 14 mm resolution Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2 Height of light curtain in mm Function 150 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BB00 150 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BB01 225 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BC00 225 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BC01 300 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BD00 300 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BD01 450 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BE00 450 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BE01 600 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BF00 600 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BF01 750 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BG00 750 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BG01 900 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BH00 900 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BH01 1050 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BJ00 1050 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BJ01 1200 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BK00 1200 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BK01 1350 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BL00 1350 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BL01 1500 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BM00 1500 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BM01 1650 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BN00 1650 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BN01 1800 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6BP00 1800 Receiver 3SF7 842-6BP01 6 SIGUARD Standard Light Curtain, 30 mm resolution Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2 150 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DB00 150 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DB01 225 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DC00 225 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DC01 300 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DD00 300 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DD01 450 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DE00 450 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DE01 600 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DF00 600 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DF01 750 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DG00 750 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DG01 900 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DH00 900 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DH01 1050 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DJ00 1050 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DJ01 1200 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DK00 1200 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DK01 1350 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DL00 1350 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DL01 1500 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DM00 1500 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DM01 1650 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DN00 1650 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DN01 1800 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6DP00 1800 Receiver 3SF7 842-6DP01 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/21 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays for Category 4 ■ Selection and Ordering data (continued) Design Order No. SIGUARD Standard Light Curtain, 50 mm resolution Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2 Height of light curtain in mm 6 Function 450 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EE00 450 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EE01 600 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EF00 600 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EF01 750 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EG00 750 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EG01 900 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EH00 900 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EH01 1050 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EJ00 1050 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EJ01 1200 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EK00 1200 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EK01 1350 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EL00 1350 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EL01 1500 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EM00 1500 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EM01 1650 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EN00 1650 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EN01 1800 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EP00 1800 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EP01 2100 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6ER00 2100 Receiver 3SF7 842-6ER01 2400 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6ES00 2400 Receiver 3SF7 842-6ES01 2700 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6ET00 2700 Receiver 3SF7 842-6ET01 3000 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6EU00 3000 Receiver 3SF7 842-6EU01 SIGUARD Standard Light Curtain, 90 mm resolution Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2 6/22 750 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JG00 750 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JG01 900 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JH00 900 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JH01 1050 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JJ00 1050 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JJ01 1200 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JK00 1200 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JK01 1350 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JL00 1350 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JL01 1500 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JM00 1500 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JM01 1650 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JN00 1650 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JN01 1800 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JP00 1800 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JP01 2100 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JR00 2100 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JR01 2400 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JS00 2400 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JS01 2700 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JT00 2700 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JT01 3000 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6JU00 3000 Receiver 3SF7 842-6JU01 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays for Category 4 ■ Selection and Ordering data (continued) Design Order No. SIGUARD Light Array Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2 Sensing range in m 18 Function Transmitter 3SF7 842-6SE00 18 Receiver 3SF7 842-6SE01 18 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6PG00 18 Receiver 3SF7 842-6PG01 18 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6MH00 18 Receiver 3SF7 842-6MH01 60 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6SE50 60 Receiver 3SF7 842-6SE51 60 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6PG50 60 Receiver 3SF7 842-6PG51 60 Transmitter 3SF7 842-6MH50 60 Receiver 3SF7 842-6MH51 6 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/23 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface laser scanner LS4 ■ Overview The LS4 Laser Scanner is an optical distance sensor. The device periodically transmits light pulses within an operating range of 190°. If the pulses hit an obstruction or a person, the light is reflected and then received and evaluated by the LS4 laser scanner. The scanner calculates the precise coordinates of the obstruction "seen" from the light propagation time. If the obstruction or the person is located within defined ranges, a Stop function is executed. Switch-off is then performed via the safe interface within the system response time. The Stop function is reset when the protective zone is free again, depending on the operating mode, either automatically or following acknowledgement. Accessories Accessories include a twistable mounting support, suitable preassembled connecting cables in diverse lengths as well as spare parts. 6 6/24 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface laser scanner LS4 ■ Application Horizontal danger zone protection Route monitoring for driverless transport systems Reliable detection of persons and objects in danger zones of machines and plants Detection of persons and objects that approach the vehicle Flexible configuration of any protection and warning zones to a great extent The laser scanner offers a greater protection range than bumpers and therefore permits higher speeds. 6 Horizontal danger zone protection with several zones to be protected Safe detection of persons in various danger zones by switching over protection zones Better availability when specifically securing only live zones Collision protection for shifting units Protection of persons who are in the path of the vehicle Objects in the path of the vehicle are detected early; damage to the vehicle or load is therefore prevented. Further applications • All types of hazardous area protection, • Room protection and access protection, • Projecting object monitoring (protection of machines and persons) • Non-safety-related measurement or recognition tasks (e. g. distance, position or contour recognition) Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/25 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface laser scanner LS4 ■ Function 6 Function principle Protection and warning field pairs Bundled light pulses are created via a laser diode with coupled transmission optics. These are diverted by a rotating mirror in such a way that within 40 ms a light pulse is triggered in all angle segments (scan rate: 25 scans/s). If the light pulse hits an object or a person, the light is reflected and acquired and evaluated by the scanner. The device has 4 switchable protection and warning field pairs. Measuring pulse propagation time LS4Soft operating software The SIGUARD LS4 laser scanner must be parameterised using the associated LS4Soft software. The personal protection and warning fields required are set in this manner. Also configuration parameters, such as automatic/manual start, response time and restart time can be parameterised. The SIGUARD LS4 laser scanner operates by measuring the pulse propagation time. When extremely short light pulses are emitted, a time difference occurs between the transmitted and received light pulse. The propagation time of the light pulse is a direct measurement of the target distance. The operating range of the scanner (190°) is subdivided into angle segments of 0.36°. Additional information is available in the Internet under: http://www.siemens.de/laserscanner 6/26 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface laser scanner LS4 ■ Technical specifications LS4-4 AS-Interface laser scanner Protective zone • Sensing range in m • Luminance factor in % • Object size (diameter) in mm • Response time - Double evaluation (2 scans) in ms - Adjustable up to 16 scans in ms • Number • Safety category • Output • Start-up • Restart Protective zone supplement • For deactivated dust suppression in mm • For activated dust suppression in mm - For protective zone size < 3.5 mm - For protective zone size > 3.5 mm • Additional for reflectors in mm - Over 1.2 m behind the protective zone line - In the protective zone or up to 1.2 m behind the protective zone line Warning zone • Sensing range in m • Luminance factor in % • Object size in mm • Response time in ms - Double evaluation (2 scans) - Adjustable up to 16 scans • Number of warning zones • Output Contour measurement • Sensing range in m • Luminance factor in % • Output • Radial resolution in mm • Lateral resolution in ° Supply voltage • Via AS-Interface network in V • Via AS-Interface auxiliary voltage in V • Via external supply in V • Note 3SF7 834-6DD00 0 to 4 Min. 1.8 70 (cylindrical test object) 85 645 4 (selectable via switch inputs) Category 3 according to EN 954-1, Type 3 according to IEC 61496-1 or EN 61496-3 Safe AS-Interface connection Start-up testing and start-up disable can be set separately 160 ms to 10 s (adjustable or manual) LS4-4 AS-Interface laser scanner Inputs • Restart/Reset • Zone-pair switchover • Signal definition in V - High (logical 1) - Low (logical 0) • AS-Interface address programming RS232 interfaces for each infrared interface 81 81 98 0 110 0 to 15 Min. 20 150 ´ 150 85 645 4 (selectable via switch inputs) Connection of AS-Interface 0 to 50 Min. 20 RS 232 serial interface via infra-red interface 5 0.36 29.5 to 31.6 (according to ASInterface specification) Up to DC 30 24 DC (+/-20 %) The power supply unit for the external supply voltage as well as the AS-Interface power supply unit for supplying the AS-Interface components must feature safe mains isolation according to IEC 60742 and must bridge temporary mains failures of up to 20 ms (e.g. AS-Interface power pack 3RX9 307-0AA00) Optical system • Angular zone in ° • Angular resolution in ° • Lateral tolerance in ° - Without mounting system (with reference to the rear panel of the housing) - With mounting system (with reference to the mounting surface) • Scan rate • Laser protection class - According to standard - Wave length in nm - Beam divergence in mrad - Time base in s 3SF7 834-6DD00 Connection of a command device for "with restart lockout“ operating mode and/or device resets, dynamically monitored, 24 V DC opto-decoupled Selection of zone pairs via 4 control cables with internal monitoring (one zone pair = one protective zone and one warning zone), 24 V DC opto-decoupled 16 to 30 <3 Connection of a generally available AS-Interface address programmer For device parameterization and zone function 190 0.36 ± 0.18 6 ± 0.22 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan EN 60825-1, Class 1 (safe for eyes) 905 2 100 Degree of protection IP65 Ambient temperature in °C • Operation • Storage 0 to +50 -20 to +60 Housing insulation class Protection class 2 Humidity Acc. to DIN 40040, Table 10, Code Letter E (medium dry) Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 140 ´ 168 ´ 165 Control cable X3 • Length in m • Note Transmitter Dimension spacing in mm • Middle of the scan plane to bottom edge of housing • Rear edge of housing to axis of rotating mirror Housing • LS4 • AS-Interface rucksack Max. 50 (for cable cross-section of 0.5 mm2, shielded) Shield must be connected to PE at the cabinet end only Infrared laser diode (l = 905 nm) 48,75 101 Cast aluminum, plastic Plastic, steel connection plate Vibration stress over three axes acc. to IEC 60068, Part 2-6 10 to 150 Hz, max. 5 g Continuous shock over three axes acc. to IEC 60068, Part 2-29 10 g, 16 ms Overcurrent protection 1.25 A fuse, medium-slow Rotating mirror drive Brushless DC motor Supply current in mA Typ. 350 Rotating mirror bearings Maintenance-free ball bearings Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/27 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface laser scanner LS4 ■ Technical specifications (continued) LS4-4 AS-Interface laser scanner AS-Interface • ID code • I/O code • Slave address • Cycle time according to AS-Interface specification in ms • Profiles • Electrical connection - X1 - X2 6 3SF7 834-6DD00 B 0 (four data bits as outputs) Programmed by the user in the range 1 to 31 (delivery status = 0) 5 Safe slave M 12 plug, AS-Interface M 12 plug, 24 V external Assignment of data bits D0 ... D3 Protective zone empty: Code sequence Protective zone occupied: 0 Assignment of the diagnostic parameter bits P0 = Alarm (according to LS4 programming) P1/2 = SF coding (see assignment of SF coding) P3 = LS4-RESET (via PC/ASInterface master call) Assignment of SF coding P2 0 0 1 1 P1 0 1 0 1 LS4-4 AS-Interface laser scanner 3SF7 834-6DD00 Assignment • X1 (M12 plug for device connection) • X2 (M12 connector for external power supply) • X3 (M12 socket for protective zone changeover) • X4 (AS-Interface addressing socket) PIN1 AS-i+ PIN2 -- PIN3 AS-i- 24 V DC supply SF pair 1 24 V Out Mass SF pair 2 SF pair 3 AS-i+ AS-i- -- Assignment • X1 (M12 plug for device connection) • X2 (M12 connector for external power supply) • X3 (M12 socket for protective zone changeover) • X4 (AS-Interface addressing socket) PIN 4 – PIN 5 – Start/ Reset SF pair 4 PE – – 24 V Out SF 1 2 3 4 ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface LS4-4 laser scanner Including LS4soft Software 3SF7 834-6DD00 Mounting system 3RG7 838-1AA Adapter plate 3RG7 838-1AB PC cable connector Including plug, 9-pole and optical interface 3RG7 838-1DC Accessories 6/28 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface laser scanner LS4 ■ Dimensional drawings 1 3 ,5 6 1 1 2 2 N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 3 0 5 ,2 1 4 0 1 0 1 5 4 9 5 ,2 1 4 4 1 6 8 1 6 3 1 4 9 9 ,5 L E D (5 x ) 1 6 5 1 6 8 9 ,5 1 2 9 ■ Schematics 23 56,6 LS4 laser scanner 6 N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 3 1 a X 3 X 4 155,4 51,5 74,4 90 X 2 X 1 X 1 : M 1 2 X 2 : M 1 2 o p tio X 3 : M 1 2 c h a n X 4 : A d d r c o n n e c to r, c o n n e c to r, n a l a u x ilia r y s o c k e t, p ro g e -o v e r e s s in g s o c k A S -In te rfa c e v o lta g e te c tio n fie ld e t, A S -In te rfa c e O p tic a l in te r fa c e 158 166 192 NSC 00610 9 9° Assembly system Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/29 AS-Interface AS-Interface Safety at work AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons ■ Overview It is also possible now to connect EMERGENCY STOP devices via the standard AS-Interface with safety-oriented communication. This only applies to EMERGENCY STOP devices of the SIGNUM 3SB3 command devices for front panel installation and for installation in an enclosure. 6 ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP housing Two NC contacts AS-Interface F adaptor • Yellow cover 3SF5 801-3AA08 • Yellow cover with protective collar 3SF5 801-3AB08 AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP front plate / AS-Interface F adaptor For AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP Front panel mounting EMERGENCY STOP actuator is not included 1) 3SF5 402-1AA01 3SF5 801-3AA08 3SF5 402-1AA01 Accessories Safety Integrated manual • German E20001-A110-M103 • English E20001-A110-M103-X-7600 1) See Catalog LV 10, Section Pushbuttons and Indicator Lamps 6/30 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S5 $6,QWHUIDFH0DVWHU ■ Overview CP 2430 ■ Application Master connection for: • SIMATIC S5-115U: CP can be inserted at CP slots in the central controller and expansion unit • SIMATIC S5-135/S5-155U: For exclusive use of I/O mode can be plugged into the I/O slots in the central controller and expansion unit; in cache mode, CP can be inserted at CP slots in the central controller and expansion unit • Up to four CP 2430s can be used in the PLC, depending on PLC configuration. ■ Design • Master connection for SIMATIC S5-115U to -155U • Simple operation in the I/O address area of the SIMATIC S5-115U, -135U, -155U • No need for CP configuration • Two AS-Interface masters in one module • Control of up to 2 x 31 AS-Interface slaves according to AS-Interface Specification V2.0 • Up to 496 binary elements can be controlled when using bidirectional slaves • Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped cable ■ Benefits • Saving on slots and costs because two AS-Interface masters are located on one module • Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of a button • Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault through LED displays: - status of the AS-Interface network - connected slaves and their operational readiness - monitoring of the AS- Interface voltage level • Two AS-Interface masters in one module • Occupies a slot in SIMATIC S5 • For operation in the S5-115U an adapter casing is required. • In I/O mode 32 byte are used in the I/O address space • Display of the connected and activated slaves and their operational readiness • Connection of the two AS-Interface cables through connectors with terminal strip (solder-free connection with screw lock) • One pushbutton per master unit for switching the operating status and entering the existing configuration 6 ■ Function Each of the AS-Interface masters in the CP 2430 independently controls its own AS-Interface segment with up to 31 AS-Interface slaves. This allows control of a maximum of 2 x 31 AS-Interface slaves with a total of 248 binary sensors/actuators (496 when bidirectional slaves are used). The front plate has separate status indicators for each master section, and a common LED matrix display for the active slaves. The module address, page address and mode are set through encoding switches. Two modes: • Standard mode Only the data bits of the slaves in the I/O address space of the PLC can be accessed in this operating mode. No master calls can be executed. • Extended mode Access to the master calls is provided through data handling blocks and the page interface in accordance with the AS-Interface Specification V2.0 (e.g. writing parameters). User interface There is a choice of three versions: • I/O operation: Only access to slave data in the I/O address space, no master calls • I/O and page mode: Access to slave data in the I/O address space and master calls through page access • Page mode: Access to slave data and master calls through page access Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/31 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S5 CP 2430 ■ Technical specifications ■ Ordering data Bus cycle time 5 ms with 31 slaves AS-Interface Specification V 2.0 Interfaces • I/O address space used i n the PLC • AS-Interface connection 32 byte in I/O operation 2 x 4-pin socket for connector with terminal clamp Supply voltage +5 V DC through backplane bus Current consumption • Through backplane bus • From the AS-Interface shaped cable Typ. 700 mA at 5 V DC Max. 100 mA per AS-Interface segment Power loss 7.9 W Perm. environmental conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity max. 0°C to +60°C -40 °C to +70 °C 95% at +25 °C Design • Module format • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight • Space required Double-height Eurocard format 160 x 233.4 x 20.32 400 g 1 slot 6 6/32 Siemens IK PI · 2004 CP 2430 communications processor For connecting SIMATIC S5-115U, -135U, -155U to AS-Interface; including connector Manual for AS-Interface Including: CP 2413/CP 2430/CP2433 Manual, Introduction and Fundamentals; including software (FB60 and examples) • German Electronic manuals Communications systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English Order No. 6GK1 243-0SA20 6GK1 971-2SA01-0AA0 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S7 CP 142-2 ■ Overview ■ Design • 16 byte inputs and 16 byte outputs are used in the address space of the ET 200X • Operating statuses displayed by LEDs in the frontplate • Display of the connected and activated slaves and their operational readiness by LEDs • One pushbutton for switching the operating status, entering the existing configuration and switching the display • Connection of the AS-Interface cable to M12 connector • Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface cable ■ Function The CP 142-2 can be used in two operating modes: • Standard mode with BM 141/BM 142/BM 147 • A maximum of all 124 input and output bits of the AS-Interface slaves can be addressed. • Extended mode with BM 147 A function call facilitates master calls in accordance with the AS-Interface Specification V2.0 (e.g. writing parameters). Calls are described in the manual. The manual also contains program examples. • Master connection for the distributed I/O system ET 200X at AS-Interface through 12-pin connector • Simple operation in the I/O address area of SIMATIC ET 200X • No need to configure CP for AS-Interface • Addressing of up to 31 AS-Interface slaves according to the AS-Interface Specification V2.0 • Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped cable • Considerable increase in the number of inputs/outputs of the ET 200X. ■ Benefits PROFIBUS 6 ET 200X with CP 142-2 0 1 AS-Interface AS-Interface shaped cable G_IK10_XX_20013 System configuration Parameter assignment • In connection with the BM 147, the ET 200X enables PLC functionality in degree of protection IP65 • Can also be used in a rugged industrial environment without additional casing due to the high degree of protection IP67 • More flexible and extended application options of the ET 200X thanks to considerable increase in available inputs/outputs • Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of a button • Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault through LED displays: - status of the AS-Interface network - connected slaves and their operational readiness - monitoring of the AS- Interface voltage level The CP 142-2 is parameterized with STEP® 7 basic package as of V2.1. Separate configuration for AS-Interface is not necessary. ■ Application The CP 142-2 enables the connection of the distributed I/O system ET 200X to AS-Interface. This module can be used to activate up to 31 AS-Interface slaves and, if bi-directional slaves are implemented, up to 248 binary components. Up to 6 CP 142-2 can be operated on the ET 200X. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/33 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S7 CP 142-2 ■ Technical specifications Bus cycle time Configuration • AS-Interface • PROFIBUS 6 ■ Ordering data 5 ms with 31 slaves Using pushbutton on front plate The CP 142-2 occupies 16 byte inputs and 16 byte outputs in the PROFIBUS configuration of the ET 200X AS-Interface Specification • With BM 141/BM 142 • With BM 147 and FC, ASI-3422 V 2.0 Only I/O transmission All functions Connection of the AS-Interface cable Through M12 connector on the front plate Address range 16 input bytes 16 output bytes Supply voltage • Through backplane bus • From the AS-Interface shaped cable 24 V DC According to the AS-Interface Specification V2.0 Power loss 2W Current consumption • Through backplane bus • Through AS-Interface from the AS-Interface shaped cables Typ. 50 mA at 24 V DC According to the AS-Interface specification V 2.0 Perm. environmental conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity 0°C to +55°C -40 °C to +70 °C 95% at +25 °C Design • Module format • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight • Space required ET 200X design Expansion module 87 x 110 x 63 Approx. 310 g 1 slot Degree of protection IP66/67 6/34 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Order No. CP 142-2 communications processor For connecting SIMATIC ET 200X to AS-Interface 6GK7 142-2AH00-0XA0 CP 142-2 manual • German 6GK7 142-2AH00-8AA0 Electronic manuals Communications systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S7 CP 243-2 ■ Overview ■ Application The CP 243-2 is the AS-Interface master connection exclusively for the CPUs 22x of the innovated SIMATIC S7-200 generation. By connecting to AS-Interface, the available digital inputs and outputs for S7-200 are significantly increased (max. 248 DI / 186 DO on AS-Interface per CP). In addition, the integrated analog value processing also makes analog values (per CP max. 31 analog slaves, each with up to 4 channels) available to the S7-200 at the AS-Interface. Up to two CP 243-2s can be operated simultaneously on the S7-200. ■ Design The CP 243-2 is connected to the S7-200 like an expansion module. It features: • Two terminals for direct connection of the AS-Interface cable • LEDs in the front panel for displaying the operating status and the operational readiness of all connected and activated slaves • Two pushbuttons for displaying the status information of the slaves, for switching the operating status and entering the existing ACTUAL configuration as the SETPOINT configuration ■ Function The CP 243-2 is the AS-Interface master for the new generation of SIMATIC S7-200. The communications processor (6GK1 2432AX01-0AX0) supports the expanded AS-Interface specification V2.1 and has the following functions: • Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated analog value transmission (according to expanded AS-Interface Specification V2.1) • Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to expanded AS-Interface Specification V2.1 • Display of operating status and operational readiness of the connected slaves through LEDs in the frontplate • Display of errors (incl. AS-Interface voltage errors, configuration errors) through LEDs in the frontplate • Compact housing in the design of the innovative SIMATIC S7-200 generation ■ Benefits The CP 243-2 supports all functions stipulated in the expanded AS-Interface Specification V2.1. Double address assignment (A-B) makes it possible to operate up to 62 digital or 31 analog slaves at the AS-Interface. Access to analog values is just as easy as access to digital values, thanks to the integrated analog value processing. The CP 243-2 occupies one digital input byte (status byte), one digital output byte (control byte) and 8 analog input and 8 analog output words in the process image of the S7-200. This means that the CP 243-2 occupies two slots. The operating mode of the CP 243-2 can be set with the status and control byte through the application program. Depending on the operating mode, the CP 243-2 either stores the I/O data of the AS-Interface slaves or diagnostic values in the analog address space of the S7-200 or enables master calls (e.g. readdressing of slaves). All connected AS-Interface slaves are configured at the press of a button. No further configuration of the CP is necessary. • More flexible and extended application options of the SIMATIC S7-200 due to the considerable increase in the available digital and analog inputs/outputs • Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of a button • In the event of a fault, shorter standstill and service times due to LED indication of: • Status of the CPs - connected slaves and their operational readiness - monitoring of the AS-Interface voltage level Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/35 6 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S7 CP 243-2 ■ Technical specifications AS-Interface Specification Interfaces • Address space used in the PLC ■ Ordering data V 2.1 • AS-Interface connection Corresponding to 2 I/O modules (8 DI/8 DO and 8 AI/8 AO) Terminal Current consumption • Via AS-Interface • Through backplane bus Max. 100 mA Typ. 220 mA at 5 V DC Power loss Approx. 2 W Perm. environmental conditions • Operating temperature - Horizontal mounting - Vertical mounting • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity Design • Module format • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight • Space required 6 6/36 Siemens IK PI · 2004 0°C to +55°C 0°C to +45°C -40 °C to +70 °C Max. 95% at +25 °C S7-22x expansion module 71.2 x 80 x 62 (H+16 mm with holes for wall mounting) Approx. 250 g 1 slot CP 243-2 communications processor For connection of SIMATIC S7-200 (2nd generation) to AS-Interface with bus connector Order No. 6GK7 243-2AX01-0XA0 Manual for CP 243-2 Including AS-Interface fundamentals and diskette with program examples paper version • German 6GK7 243-2AX00-8AA0 • English 6GK7 243-2AX00-8BA0 • French 6GK7 243-2AX00-8CA0 • Spanish 6GK7 243-2AX00-8DA0 • Italian 6GK7 243-2AX00-8EA0 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S7 CP 343-2 ■ Overview ■ Application The CP 343-2 is the AS-Interface master connection for SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M. Connection to the AS-Interface allows access to max. 248 DI/186 DO per CP. The integrated analog value processing also supports evaluation of very simple analog signals (per CP at max. 31 analog slaves, each with four channels). ■ Design The CP 343-2 is connected to the S7-300 like an expansion module. It features: • Two terminals for direct connection of the AS-Interface cable • LEDs in the frontplate for displaying the operating status and the operational readiness of all connected and activated slaves • Pushbuttons for displaying the status information of the slaves, for switching the operating status and entering the existing ACTUAL configuration as the SETPOINT configuration ■ Function The CP 343-2 is the AS-Interface master for PLC SIMATIC S7-300 and the distributed I/O device ET 200M. The communications processor offers the following functions: • Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated analog value transmission (according to expanded AS-Interface Specification V2.1) • Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to expanded AS-Interface Specification V2.1 • Display of operating status and operational readiness of the connected slaves through LEDs in the frontplate • Display of errors (incl. AS-Interface voltage errors, configuration errors) through LEDs in the frontplate • Compact housing in the design of the SIMATIC S7-300 ■ Benefits The CP 343-2 supports all functions stipulated in the expanded AS-Interface Specification V2.1. Double address assignment (AB) makes it possible to operate up to 62 digital or 31 analog slaves at the AS-Interface. Access to analog values is easy thanks to the integrated analog value processing. All connected AS-Interface slaves are configured at the press of a button. No further configuration of the CP is necessary. ■ Mode of operation In I/O mode, the CP 343-2 reserves 16 bytes in the analog address space of the SIMATIC S7-300. The I/O data of the standard slaves or A slaves is stored here. The I/O data of the B slaves can be accessed using the "read/ write data record “ function. A and B slaves are slaves in accordance with the extended AS-Interface specification V2.1. For the AS-Interface master calls (e.g. Write parameter, read diagnostic values), a Function Call (FC) is provided on the diskette that accompanies the manual. • Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of a button • Flexible decentralized topologies can be constructed by using this communications processor in the ET 200M DP slave. • Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault through LED displays: - status of the AS-Interface network - connected slaves and their operational readiness - monitoring of the AS- Interface voltage level • Reduced costs for spare parts inventories because the CP can be used in both the SIMATIC S7-300 and in ET 200M. • Ideal for complex applications through the connection option of 62 slaves and integrated analog value processing Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/37 6 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S7 CP 343-2 ■ Technical specifications ■ Ordering data AS-Interface Specification V 2.1 Bus cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves 10 ms for 62 slaves Interfaces • Assignment of analog address space in the PLC • AS-Interface connection 16 byte I/O and P-bus S7-300 S7-300 front connector with terminal Order No. CP 343-2 communications processor For connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M to the AS-Interface; without front connector 6GK7 343-2AH00-0XA0 Front connector 20-pin, with screw contacts 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0 Supply voltage +5 V DC through backplane bus Current consumption • through backplane bus • through AS-Interface from the AS-Interface shaped cables CP 343-2 and CP 343-2 P manual including software (FC) and examples paper version Typ. 200 mA at 5 V DC Max. 100 mA • German 6GK7 343-2AH00-8AA0 • English 6GK7 343-2AH00-8BA0 Power loss 2W • French 6GK7 343-2AH00-8CA0 • Spanish 6GK7 343-2AH00-8DA0 • Italian 6GK7 343-2AH00-8EA0 Electronic manuals Communication systems, logs, products on CD-ROM German/English 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0 Perm. environmental conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity, max. 0°C to +60°C -40 °C to +70 °C 95% at +25 °C Design • Module format • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight • Space required S7-300 design 40 x 125 x 120 Approx. 190 g 1 slot 6 6/38 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S7 CP 343-2 P ■ Overview ■ Application The CP 343-2 P is the AS-Interface master connection for SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M. Connection to the AS-Interface allows access to max. 248 DI/186 DO per CP. The integrated analog value processing also supports evaluation of very simple analog signals (per CP at max. 31 analog slaves, each with four channels). The CP 343-2 P functionality is identical to that of the CP 342-2. An old S7 user program can therefore be used with the new CP without any limitations. Also, the AS-Interface configuration can be downloaded or uploaded with the STEP 7 hardware configuration. ■ Design The CP 343-2 P is connected to the S7-300 like an expansion module. It features: • Two terminals for direct connection of the AS-Interface cable • LEDs in the frontplate for displaying the operating status and operational readiness of all connected and activated slaves • Pushbuttons for displaying the status information of the slaves, for switching the operating status and entering the existing ACTUAL configuration as the SETPOINT configuration The CP 343-2 P is the AS-Interface master for PLC SIMATIC S7-300 and the distributed I/O device ET 200M. The communications processor offers the following functions: • Supports configuration of the AS-Interface network with STEP 7 V5.2 and higher • Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated analog value transmission (according to expanded AS-Interface Specification V2.1) • Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to expanded AS-Interface Specification V2.1 • Display of errors (incl. AS-Interface voltage errors, configuration errors) through LEDs in the frontplate • Compact housing in the design of the SIMATIC S7-300 ■ Benefits • Improved plant documentation and support for servicing thanks to documentation of the AS-Interface configuration in the STEP 7 project • Diagnosis of the AS-Interface network is supported • Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of a button • Flexible decentralized topologies can be constructed by using this communications processor in the ET 200M DP slave. • Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault through LED displays: - status of the AS-Interface network - connected slaves and their operational readiness - monitoring of the AS- Interface voltage level • Reduced costs for spare parts inventories because the CP can be used in both the SIMATIC S7-300 and in ET 200M. • Ideal for complex applications through the connection option of 62 slaves and integrated analog value processing ■ Mode of operation In I/O mode, the CP 343-2 P reserves 16 bytes in the analog address space of the SIMATIC S7-300. The I/O data of the standard slaves or A slaves is stored here. The I/O data of the B slaves can be accessed using the "read/ write data record “ function. A and B slaves are slaves in accordance with the extended AS-Interface specification V2.1. For the AS-Interface master calls (e.g. Write parameter, read diagnostic values), a Function Call (FC) is provided on the diskette that accompanies the manual. All connected AS-Interface slaves are configured at the press of a button. No further configuration of the CP is necessary. ■ Function The CP 343-2 P supports all functions stipulated in the expanded AS-Interface Specification V2.1. Double address assignment (A-B) makes it possible to operate up to 62 digital or 31 analog slaves at the AS-Interface. Access to analog values is easy thanks to the integrated analog value processing. The CP 343-2 P enables the AS-Interface configuration to be read out with STEP 7 V5.2 and higher. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/39 6 AS-Interface Master Masters for SIMATIC S7 CP 343-2 P ■ Technical specifications AS-Interface Specification V 2.1 Bus cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves 10 ms for 62 slaves Interfaces • Assignment of analog address space in the PLC • AS-Interface connection Supply voltage 6 ■ Ordering data 16 byte I/O and P-bus S7-300 CP 343-2 P communications processor For connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M to the AS-Interface; without front connector Order No. 6GK7 343-2AH10-0XA0 S7-300 front connector with terminal CP 343-2 and CP 343-2 P manual including software (FC) and examples paper version +5 V DC through backplane bus • German 6GK7 343-2AH00-8AA0 • English 6GK7 343-2AH00-8BA0 • French 6GK7 343-2AH00-8CA0 • Spanish 6GK7 343-2AH00-8DA0 Current consumption • Through backplane bus, typical • Through AS-Interface from the AS-Interface shaped cables, max. 200 mA at 5 V DC 100 mA Power loss 2W • Italian 6GK7 343-2AH00-8EA0 Perm. environmental conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity, max. 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0 0°C to +60°C -40 °C to +70 °C 95% at +25 °C Electronic manuals Communication systems, logs, products on CD-ROM German/English Design • Module format • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight • Space required S7-300 design 40 x 125 x 120 Approx. 190 g 1 slot Configuration software 6/40 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Optional: STEP 7 V5.2 or later AS-Interface Slaves $6,QWHUIDFH6ODYHV I/O modules for operation in the field Introduction ■ Overview K60 K45 The AS-Interface compact modules belong to a new generation of AS-Interface modules designed to a high degree of protection. They include digital, analog and pnewmatic compact modules. They comprise a top section which is the actual module and a base section which is the mounting plate. The top section contains all the electronics, connections for sensors and actuators, an addressing socket and status/diagnostics LEDs. The mounting plate accepts the AS-Interface flat cables and allows the module to be wall mounted or snapped onto a standard rail. Two series of compact modules are available: • Series K60 • Series K45 ■ Selection and Ordering data Seriese Type Current carry- Slave-Type ing capacity outputs Pinassignment Connection technique Order No. K60 (digital) 8 Inputs/2 Outputs 2A A/B special M12 3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3 8 Inputs – Standard Y-II 3RK1 200-0DQ00-0AA3 A/B new 4 Inputs/4 Outputs 2A 1A 4 Inputs/3 Outputs 2A 4 Inputs/2 Outputs K45 (digital) 3RK2 200-0DQ00-0AA3 Standard A/B 3RK1 400-1DQ00-0AA3 Standard 3RK1 400-1CQ00-0AA3 Y-II 3RK1 400-1DQ01-0AA3 Standard 3RK1 400-1DQ03-0AA3 Y-II 3RK2 400-1FQ03-0AA3 Standard 3RK1 400-1MQ00-0AA3 4 Inputs – 2 x 2 Inputs/2 x 2 Outputs 1A Y 4 Outputs 2A Y-II 4 Inputs – 3RK1 200-0CQ00-0AA3 Standard Standard A/B 2 x 2 Inputs Y 2 Inputs/2 Outputs 2A 2 x (1 Input/1 Output) 4 Outputs 2 Outputs/2 Inputs 1) 3RK1100-1CQ00-0AA3 M12 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 M8-Screw 3RK1 200-0CT20-0AA3 M8-Snap 3RK1 200-0CU20-0AA3 M12 3RK2 200-0CQ20-0AA3 M8-Screw 3RK2 200-0CT20-0AA3 M8-Snap 3RK2 200-0CU20-0AA3 M12 3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3 Standard 3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 0.2 A Y 3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3 1A Standard 3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 3 Outputs Standard 3RK1 400-1DQ02-0AA3 A/B 2A Function and order no. overview for digital compact modules 3RK2 100-1EQ20-0AA3 3RK2 400-1BQ20-0AA3 1) Start of delivery as of the end of 2003. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/41 6 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Introduction ■ Function AS-Interface compact modules features comprehensive diagnostic indication. This supports diagnosis at a glance. Compact modules of Series K60 have three LEDs for diagnostic indication. The status of a module is either displayed via two LEDs or one dual LED with continuous or flashing light. Compact modules of Series K45 have one single and one dual LED (two-color LED) for status and diagnostic indication. States LED Status description AUX PWR ) On Off Off AS-Interface On On Off On Flashing On FAULT Off Off Off On On Flashing Sensor overload with RESET of slaves Slave has address = 0 No communication: Master in STOP mode Slave not entered in the LPS Slave has wrong IO&D code Slave in RESET state Module completely without voltage UAux failure Normal operation and UAux applied NSA0_00318 1 LED diagnostic indication of the K60 compact module 6 LED States AUX PWR On Off Off AS-i / FAULT On On Off Status description On Flashing Flashing NSA0_00313 Flashing LED diagnostic indication of the K45 compact module 6/42 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Sensor overload with RESET of slaves Slave has address = 0 No communication: Master in STOP mode Slave not entered in the LPS Slave has wrong IO&D code Slave in RESET state Module completely without voltage UAux failure Normal operation and UAux applied AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Overview The digital AS-Interface compact modules of Series K60, are characterized by optimized handling and greater user friendliness as compared with the application modules. They enable the user to reduce the installation and start-up times for AS-Interface by up to 40%. AS-Interface modules of the K60 compact series comprise two sections: • the mounting plate and • the compact module. The AS-Interface shaped cables and the compact module are connected to the mounting plate. Two mounting plates are offered for • wall mounting and • mounting onto standard mounting rails AS-Interface modules of the compact series feature a connection for protective earth conductors. Addressing can also be performed in the installed state via an addressing socket integrated in the compact module. K60 compact modules with up to four digital inputs and outputs These compact modules contain the communications electronics and the standard M12 connections for inputs and outputs. Up to four sensors and four actuators can be connected to the compact module easily and reliably via standard M12 plugs. 6 The mounting plate and compact module are connected together with a single screw which simultaneously causes contact to be made with the AS-Interface cable using the insulation penetration technique. K60 compact modules with up to eight digital inputs This module has eight digital inputs which can be connected via M12 plugs. The module requires two AS-Interface addresses for processing all eight inputs. The addresses can be assigned here in the same manner as for a compact module via a double addressing socket. ■ Design K60 compact module The compact modules are mounted on the mounting plate in just two work stages: • The AS-Interface flat cable is laid on the mounting plate. • The module is located and fixed with a screw. Contact is made with the AS-Interface cable by the insulation piercing terminals integrated in the top section when the screw is screwed down. Addressing is performed via an integrated addressing socket. M12 sockets that are not required must be sealed with 3RK1 901-1KA00 sealing caps in order to guarantee the specified degree of protection. The compact module with eight digital inputs requires two AS-Interface addresses. The addresses are assigned using a double addressing socket integrated into the module. K60 mounting plate The K60 mounting plate is used for mounting digital and analog K60 compact modules. They have cable connectors for the yellow and black AS-Interface flat cable. If the yellow and black AS-Interface cables are completely routed through the module, no additional seals are necessary. Additional seals are only necessary when both leads or only one lead ends inside the module. In this case, additional seals (straight and shaped) must be inserted in the mounting plate. The seals are not included in the scope of supply and must be ordered separately (3RK1 902-0AR00, see Selection and Ordering data). Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/43 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Technical specifications Technical specifications common to all IP67 – K60 digital I/O modules Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Input connection PNP Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Sensors • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity f or all inputs (Tu £ 40 °C) in mA • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Outputs • Type of output • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External 24 V DC supply voltage • Watchdog Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 2- and 3-wire 20 to 30 200 ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 6 Electronics Built-in Built-in IP67 Ground connection PIN 5 of each M12 socket is connected with the grounding sheet in the mounting plate through a pin Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Status indications • I/O display • Display UAux • AS-Interface/diagnostics display Yellow LED Green LED Green/red LED Connection Using mounting plate for K60 compact module Note 1 All K60 compact modules are supplied with high-grade steel screws/sockets Note 2 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary. The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), Safety Class III. Over black AS-Interface flat cable Built-in AS-Interface certificate Available (or under application in the case of new products) Approvals UL, CSA, marine certification (or under application in the case of new products) 6 Degree of protection 8 inputs/2 outputs 8 inputs 8 inputs new 2A A/B slave Special assignment 3RK2 400–1HQ00–0AA3 -Standard slaves Y-II assignment 3RK1 200–0DQ00–0AA3 -A/B slaves Y-II assignment 3RK2 200–0DQ00–0AA3 Total current input in mA £ 300 £ 270 £ 270 Socket assignment, inputs PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input II PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input II PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input II PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection 2 -- -- 4 -- -- 3 = "-" 4 = Output 5 = Ground connection -- -- I/O configuration 0 (Addr. 1) / 7 (Addr. 2) 0 0 ID/ID2 code A/E (Addr. 1 and 2) 1/F A/E PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 1) PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 1) PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 2) PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) (Addr. 2) PIN2 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 1) PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 1) PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 2) PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 2) PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 1) PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 1) PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 2) PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 2) PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2) Number of I/O sockets 8 8 8 Note Module requires two addresses Module requires two addresses Module requires two addresses Outputs • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Socket assignment, outputs Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 • Socket 2 • Socket 3 • Socket 4 • Socket 5 • Socket 6 • Socket 7 • Socket 8 6/44 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Technical specifications (continued) 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs 2A Standard slaves Y-II assignment 3RK1 400–1DQ00–0AA3 2A Standard slaves Standard assignment 3RK1 400–1CQ00–0AA3 1A Standard slaves Y-II assignment 3RK1 400–1DQ00–0AA3 Total current input in mA £ 270 £ 270 £ 270 Socket assignment, inputs PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input II PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input I PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input II PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection 2 2 1 4 4 4 3 = "-" 2/4 = Output 5 = Ground connection 3 = "-" 4 = Output 5 = Ground connection 3 = "-" 2/4 = Output 5 = Ground connection I/O configuration 7 7 7 ID/ID2 code F/F 0/F F/F PIN2/4 = IN1(D0) • Socket 8 PIN4 = IN1 (D0) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3 (D2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0) PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN2 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = IN1 (D0) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3 (D2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0) PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN2 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) Number of I/O sockets 8 8 8 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/ 3 outputs 4 inputs/2 outputs 1A Standard slaves Standard assignment 3RK1 400–1DQ03–0AA3 2A A/B slaves Y-II assignment 3RK2 400–1FQ03–0AA3 2A Standard slaves Y-II assignment 3RK1 400–1MQ00–0AA3 Total current input in mA £ 270 £ 270 £ 270 Socket assignment, inputs PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input I PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input II PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input II PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection 1 2 2 4 4 4 3 = "-" 4 = Output 5 = Ground connection 3 = "-" 2/4 = Output 5 = Ground connection 3 = "-" 2/4 = Output 5 = Ground connection I/O configuration 7 7 7 ID/ID2 code 0/F A/2 F/F Outputs • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Socket assignment, outputs Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 • Socket 2 • Socket 3 • Socket 4 • Socket 5 • Socket 6 • Socket 7 Outputs • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Socket assignment, outputs PIN2/4 = IN2(D1) PIN2/4 = IN3(D2) PIN2/4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) Siemens IK PI · 2004 6 6/45 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Technical specifications (continued) 6 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/ 3 outputs 4 inputs/2 outputs 1A Standard slaves Standard assignment 3RK1 400–1DQ03–0AA3 2A A/B slaves Y-II assignment 3RK2 400–1FQ03–0AA3 2A Standard slaves Y-II assignment 3RK1 400–1MQ00–0AA3 Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 PIN2/4 = IN1(D0) • Socket 2 • Socket 3 PIN2/4 = IN2(D1) PIN2/4 = IN3(D2) • Socket 4 • Socket 5 PIN2/4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) • Socket 6 • Socket 7 • Socket 8 PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = IN1 (D0) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3 (D2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0) PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) Unassigned (sealed) PIN4 = IN1 (D0) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3 (D2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0) PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) Unassigned (sealed) Unassigned (sealed) Number of I/O sockets 8 7 6 4 inputs 2 x 2 inputs / 2 x 2 outputs 4 outputs -Standard slaves Y-II assignment 3RK1 200–0CQ00–0AA3 1 amp Standard slaves Y assignment 3RK1 400–1DQ02–0AA3 2 amps Standard slaves Y-II assignment 3RK1 100–1CQ00–0AA3 Total current input in mA £ 270 £ 270 £ 270 Socket assignment, inputs PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input II PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input II PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Earth connection -- -- 1 2 -- 4 4 -- 3 = "-" 2/4 = Output 5 = Ground connection 3 = "-" 2/4 = Output 5 = Ground connection I/O configuration 0 7 8 ID/ID2 code 1/F F/F 1/F • Socket 6 • Socket 7 Unassigned (sealed) Unassigned (sealed) • Socket 8 Unassigned (sealed) PIN4 = IN1 (D0) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) Unassigned (sealed) PIN4 = IN3 (D2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) Unassigned (sealed) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0) PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) Unassigned (sealed) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN2 = OUT4(D3) Unassigned (sealed) -- • Socket 4 • Socket 5 PIN4 = IN1 (D0) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3 (D2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) Unassigned (sealed) Number of I/O sockets 4 4 4 Outputs • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Socket assignment, outputs Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 • Socket 2 • Socket 3 6/46 Siemens IK PI · 2004 ---PIN4 = OUT1 (D0) PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN2 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Technical specifications (continued) K60 mounting plate Hub For wall mounting 3RK1 901-0CA00 For rail mounting 3RK1 901-0CB00 -3RK1 901-1NN00 Ambient temperature in °C -40 to +85 -40 to +85 -40 to +85 Protection IP67 with K60 compact module screwed on IP67 with K60 compact module screwed on IP65 with upper part screwed on Connection technique For shaped AS-Interface cable, contacted through the insulationpiercing terminals integral to the compact module For shaped AS-Interface cable, contacted through the insulationpiercing terminals integral to the compact module For yellow or black, shaped AS-Interface cable contacted through the insulationpiercing terminals integral to the upper part Mounting • Wall mounting • On shaped bracket (the corresponding slide rings are required) • Hole spacing is compatible to K45 mounting plate for wall mounting • Standard rail mounting • Standard mounting rail/wall mounting • On shaped bracket (the corresponding slide rings are required) • Hole spacing also compatible to coupling module FK/FK-E (application module) Note Additional seals are only necessary when the flat cables terminate inside the module (3RK1 902-0AR00) Additional seals are only necessary when the flat cables terminate inside the module (3RK1 902-0AR00) Standard rail adapter can be ordered separately as spare parts: 3RX1 660-0B Distributors can be used for the following purposes: • Configuration of network structures (branch function) • Isolation of cable segments (isolating function) • Sealing cable ends inside the module (sealing function) If one or both cables terminate in the module, seals are required (straight and shaped) that can be inserted in the lower part of the distributor. These seals are not included in the scope of supply and must be ordered separately (3RK1 902-0AR00). If both cables are routed into and out of the module, additional seals are not required. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/47 6 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 PNP transistor Current loading capacity of inputs: 200 mA Connection type: M12 Modules supplied without mounting plate. 3RK1 400-1DQ00-0AA3 Type Current loading Slave type capacity of outputs Pin assignments 8 Inputs/2 Outputs 2A A/B special 3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3 8 Inputs – Standard Y-II 3RK1 200-0DQ00-0AA3 A/B 4 Inputs/4 Outputs 2A 1A 4 Inputs/3 Outputs 2A 4 Inputs/2 Outputs 3RK2 200-0DQ00-0AA3 Standard A/B 3RK1 400-1DQ00-0AA3 Standard 3RK1 400-1CQ00-0AA3 Y-II 3RK1 400-1DQ01-0AA3 Standard 3RK1 400-1DQ03-0AA3 Y-II 3RK2 400-1FQ03-0AA3 Standard 3RK1 400-1MQ00-0AA3 4 Inputs – 2 x 2 Inputs/ 2 x 2 Outputs 1A Y 3RK1 400-1DQ02-0AA3 4 Outputs 2A Y-II 3RK1100-1CQ00-0AA3 3RK1 200-0CQ00-0AA3 Accessories 6 K60 mounting plate To fit all K60 compact modules • Wall mounting 3RK1 901-0CA00 • Mounting onto standard rails 3RK1 901-0CB00 AS-Interface M12 sealing caps For spare M12 sockets (one packing contains ten sealing caps) 3RK1 901-1KA00 Distributor For AS-Interface flat cable Supplied with a special mounting plate Seals (3RK1 902-0AR00) are only necessary when a cable must end in the distributor and they must be ordered separately 3RK1 901-1NN00 Sealing kit For K60 mounting plate and distributor Cannot be used for K45 mounting plate (one set contains five straight and five shaped seals) 3RK1 902-0AR00 3RK1 901-0CA00 3RK1 901-1KA00 3RK1 901-1NN00 3RK1 902-0AR00 6/48 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics Terminal assignment, input, pnp (M12 socket) 3 1 2 9 6 0 P in P in P in P in P in 2 Æ 4 ,5 1 1 5 2 5 4 3 1 : S 2 : In 3 : S 4 : In 5 : E u p p p u t u p p p u t a rth ly s ly s L + ig n a l ( b r id g e d w ith P in 4 ) L ig n a l ( b r id g e d w ith P in 2 ) c o n n e c tio n N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 6 a N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 6 5 S id e v ie w w ith m o u n tin g p la te 3 R K 1 9 0 1 -0 C A 0 0 I/O module Standard assignment N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 7 a 6 0 1 P in P in P in P in P in 1 5 2 2 5 ly s ly s L + ig n a l 2 L ig n a l 1 c o n n e c tio n 4 ,5 Y assignment 6 0 N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 8 0 Y c a b le /S in g le c a b le 1 2 1 2 5 3 1 5 2 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 0 a 4 7 3 IN 1 1 0 4 ,5 S in g le c a b le 5 3 4 9 Mounting plate for rail mounting 3RK1 901-0CB00 u p p p u t u p p p u t a rth 1 0 Mounting plate for wall mounting 3RK1 901-0CA00 3 3 3 9 1 : S 2 : In 3 : S 4 : In 5 : E N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 8 a 3 7 3 4 3 3 3 9 6 Y c a b le /s in g le c a b le 3 4 9 2 0 IN 2 4 3 IN 2 L e ft c o lu m n ( p la n v ie w ) R ig h t c o lu m n ( p la n v ie w ) P in P in P in P in P in P in P in P in P in P in 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : S u In p S u In p E a p p u t p p u t rth ly s ly s L + ig n a l 2 L ig n a l 1 c o n n e c tio n 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : S u p p ly L + S u p p ly L In p u t s ig n a l 2 E a r th c o n n e c tio n Y-II assignment Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/49 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Schematics (continued) Terminal assignment, output, pnp (M12 socket) S in g le c a b le 1 2 1 2 5 5 P in P in P in P in P in 2 5 4 3 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : n o t a s s ig n e d S u p p ly L O u tp u t s ig n a l E a r th c o n n e c tio n Standard assignment P in P in P in P in P in 2 3 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 9 a 5 Y assignment 6/50 Siemens IK PI · 2004 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : O u tp S u p p O u tp E a rth u t ly u t c s ig n a l 2 L s ig n a l 1 o n n e c tio n 4 3 L e ft c o lu m n ( p la n v ie w ) R ig h t c o lu m n ( p la n v ie w ) P in P in P in P in P in P in P in P in P in P in 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : Y-II assignment 1 4 3 n o t a s s ig n e d N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 7 a 6 4 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 1 1 O u S u O u E a tp u t p p ly tp u t rth c s ig n a l 2 L s ig n a l 1 o n n e c tio n 1 : 2 : 3 : S u p p ly L 4 : O u tp u t s ig n a l 2 5 : E a r th c o n n e c tio n AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R ■ Overview ■ Design Mounting The same mounting plates are used as for the K60 modules. The K60R is connected using a 4-conductor round cable with an M12 connection instead of using ribbon cables. The mounting plate therefore only serves for the K60R as a mounting point and grounding connection. Addressing Modules with the degree of protection IP67 cannot be used in environments with permanently high humidity, with drilling emulsions and cutting oils or for cleaning with high-pressure cleaners. For these applications, the extension for the K60 compact modules, the K60R module with degree of protection IP68 / IP69K, is the solution. 6 The degree of protection IP68 permits many new areas of applications for which the previous field modules with degree of protection IP67 could not be used. The K60R with degree of protection IP68 makes it possible to use the module for applications such as bottling plants or machine tools on-site in areas subjected to permanently high humidity. This allows the savings in wiring outlay due to AS-Interface to be implemented with even greater consistency. For IP68 test conditions see Section Tests IP68 / IP69K. Cleaning with pressurized cleaning equipment, as is frequently necessary in the food, beverages and tobacco industries, is problem-free (IP69K). When trailing cables are used, many users require that the ASInterface bus cable is routed in a round cable. The K60R module permits direct connection to a round cable. An adapter is not required. NSA0_00338 The K60R modules are connected via a round cable with a M12 cable plug instead of the AS-Interface ribbon cable. The AS-Interface bus cable and 24 V DC auxiliary power are routed in a common round cable. Socket for bus connection and addressing Addressing is carried out using the same socket as for the bus connection. The connection of the module to the addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB01 is carried out with a standard M12 cable (e.g. 3RX1 642). A special addressing line (3RK1901-3RA00) is required when using the older version of the addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB00. Following mounting, the module is connected to the addressing unit using the addressing line, and then addressed. The addressing line is subsequently removed, and the module connected to the bus cable. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/51 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R ■ Design (continued) Connection IP68 IP67 3RX1 9 01 1NRO In applications with only round cables, the AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC power supply can be routed together up to 20 m when using a round cable 4 x 1.5 mm². With longer cables, routing is made using two separate cables of 2 x 1.5 mm² each. A round cable distributor (3RK1901-1NR00) is not required for such applications. Distribution to the K60R modules is then made using a terminal box and the M12 cables referred to. 3RX1 672 (5 m) 3RX1 674 (5 m) IP68 / IP69K tests NSA0_00339 3RX1 641 (0,5 m) 3RX1 640 (1,0m) 3RX1 642 (1,5 m) 3RX1 536 (5 m) + connector 3RX1 586 3RX1 542 (5 m) 3RX1 587 6 max. 5 m 3RK1 901-1TR00 3RX1 641 (0,5 m) 3RX1 640 (1,0 m) 3RX1 642 (1,5 m) max. 1,5 m In the IP67 environment, the proven standard components are connected using ribbon cables. Branch lines are made into the IP68 environment via a round cable distributor (3RK19011NR00). The module is connected using a round cable with M12 socket. The module has an M12 bus connection for this instead of the previous addressing socket. The AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC power supply are routed together in a 4-conductor round cable. This round cable must not have an earthing conductor. The earthing connection is made via the mounting plate. Only cables with molded M12 plugs may be used in the IP68 environment. This cable is available as a preassembled M12 cable plug/socket: • 3RX1641: 0.5 m long • 3RX1640: 1.0 m long • 3RX1642: 1.5 m long Freely-assembled cables with an M12 cable socket and a free cable end can be used for the connection between the distributor and K60R module over longer distances, where the free end is fitted with an M12 plug (straight version: 3RX1586, angled plug 3RX1587) and connected to the distributor. This cable is available in two versions: • 3RX1536: 5 m long, with M12 cable socket • 3RX1542: 5 m long, with M12 angled cable socket If more than one K60R module is to be connected to a branch line, this can be distributed further using a T-distributor (3RK1901-1TR00) in degree of protection IP68. 6/52 The following conditions must be observed: The design guidelines for the AS-Interface are applicable. The maximum permissible current is limited to 4 A for all M12 connection cables. The cross-section of these cables is only 0.34 mm². The M12 connection cables mentioned (max. length 5 m) can be used for the branch lines to connect the K60R modules. The voltage drop resulting from the ohmic resistance (approx. 0.11 W/m) must be taken into account. The total maximum load for all four connections of the round cable distributor 3RK1901-1NR00 is 4 A. Siemens IK PI · 2004 K60R modules are tested as follows: • Extra testing compared to IP67: 90 min under 1.8 m water (IP67: 30 min under 1 m water) • Salt water test: five months immersed in salt water, 20 cm deep at room temperature • Test with particularly creeping oil: five months completely under oil at room temperature • Test with drilling emulsion: five months at room temperature (components of drilling emulsion: anionic and non-ionic emulsifiers, paraffinic low-aromatic mineral oil, boric acid alkanolamines, corrosion inhibitors, oil content 40 %) • Test in oil bath (Oil Excellence 416) with changing oil temperature: 130 cycles from 15 to 55 °C, two months • Cleaning with high-pressure cleaner according to IP69K: 80 to 100 bar, distance 10 to 15 cm, time per side > 30 s, water temperature 80 °C In order to simulate demands which are as realistic as possible, the modules have been artificially aged prior to the tests by 15 temperature cycles of -25/+85 °C. The modules were connected by 3RX1 cables during the tests. Unused connections were closed by sealing caps 3RK1901-1KA00. Note: Sealing caps and M12 connections must be tightened with the correct torque. AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R ■ Technical specifications 4 inputs/4 outputs IP68 / IP69K 4 inputs/4 outputs IP68 / IP69K Standard assignment 3RK1 400–1CR00–0AA3 Standard assignment 3RK1 400–1CR00–0AA3 Slave type Standard slaves AS-Interface certificate Yes Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Approvals UL, CSA, ship building £ 270 Degree of protection Total current input in mA Input connection PNP IP68 / IP69K with mounting plate 3RK1 901-0CA00 IP68 test conditions see Section Overview / Tests IP68 / IP69K The degree of protection is only achieved if all M12 connections are tightened with the correct torque. I/O sockets which are not required must be covered with sealing caps 3RK1 901-1KA00. Earth connection PIN5 of each M12 socket is connected to the grounding plate in the mounting plate via a pin. Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Number of I/O sockets 8 Status indications • I/O indication • IndicationUHelp • AS-Interface/diagnostics indication Yellow LED Green LED Green/red LED Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Sensors • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for all inputs (Tu £ 40 °C) in mA • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA • Pin assignments for inputs Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying-capacity DC 12/13 typically (max. 4 A per module) in A • Maximum summation current per module in A • Pin assignments for outputs Short-circuit and overload proof 2- and 3-wire 20 to 30 200 ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 6 PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input I PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input I PIN 5 = Ground connection Electronics 2 • Watchdog 3 = „-“ 4 = Output 5 = Earth connection built-in built-in Shared round cable connection with AS-Interface connection via M12 socket connector built-in I/O configuration 7 ID/ID2 code 0/F Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 (data bit D0) • Socket 2 (data bit D1) • Socket 3 (data bit D2) • Socket 4 (data bit D3) • Socket 5 (data bit D0) • Socket 6 (data bit D1) • Socket 7 (data bit D2) • Socket 8 (data bit D3) PIN2/4 = IN1(D0) PIN2/4 = IN2(D1) PIN2/4 = IN3(D2) PIN2/4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection • External voltage supply DC 24 V 6 Conductor via mounting plate for K60 compact module Note 1 All K60 compact modules are supplied with stainless steel screws/sockets Note 2 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary. The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), safety class III. 4 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/53 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R ■ Technical specifications (continued) IP67 round cable distributor AS-i / Uaux Ribbon cable for 4 x M12, passive without LED 3RK1 901–1NR00 3RK1 901–1TR00 Function for connecting several K60R to one M12 spur line Function Connection of K60R modules to AS-Interface ribbon cable in IP-67 environment Voltage range in V 20 to 30 DC Current-carrying capacity in A 4 at T = 40 °C Operating voltage in V 26.5 to 31.6 DC (AS-Interface) Conductor M12 Voltage range in V 20 to 30 DC Degree of protection IP68 Total current carrying capacity for all distributors in A 4 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C -25 to +85 Number of M 12 sockets 1 x M12 connector / 2 x M12 sockets 1 = AS-i "+" 2 = Uaux "-" 3 = AS-i "–" 4 = Uaux "+" Socket assignment 6 M12-T distributor Conductor 4 ´ M12 socket for connection to AS-Interface (sensors/actuators) Degree of protection IP67 Ambient temperature in °C –25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C –40 to +85 Number of M 12 sockets 4 Connection via contact pins on FCI coupling module (in scope of delivery) ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. 4 inputs/4 outputs 1) IP68 / IP69K Standard assignment Current carrying capacity: 200 mA (inputs) 2 A (outputs) Standard slave Delivery of modules is without mounting plate 3RK1 400-1CR00-0AA3 Accessories Mounting plate K60 appropriate for all K60 and K60R compact modules • Wall mounting 3RK1 901-0CA00 • Onto standard rails 3RK1 901-0CB00 Round cable distributor IP67 4-way AS-i/Uaux Ribbon cable to 4 x M12 Current carrying capacity: 4 A Passive without LED Scope of delivery including coupling module 3RK1 901-1NR00 M12 T-distributor IP68 1 x M12 plug 2 x M12 socket 3RK1 901-1TR00 Addressing cable M12 for addressing K60R modules (only required for addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB00; when using the latest version of the addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB01, the addressing is carried out with a standard M12 cable 3RX1 642) 3RK1 901-3RA00 3RK1 901-0CA00 3RK1 901-1NR00 3RK1 901-1TR00 3RK1 901-3RA00 6/54 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R ■ Dimensional drawings N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 8 0 6 0 7 3 N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 4 2 1 5 2 1 5 2 3 4 9 I/O module 1 0 3 3 3 9 4 0 4 ,5 2 9 6 0 2 0 Mounting plate for mounting onto standard rail 1 5 2 1 2 3 4 6 Cover ring M12x1 7 3 Mounting plate for wall mounting Male cable plug Fem. cable plug M12x1 45 M12x1 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 7 a 3 4 9 Wiring diagram 4-pole 1 2 3 4 1 0 1234 4 ,5 3 3 3 9 17 56 NSA0_00340 6 0 M12-T hub Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/55 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45 ■ Overview Large K60 compact modules, well-proven in industry, are now complemented by the new K45 compact module series. They round off the existing product spectrum at the lower end and form the basis of a future generation of small compact modules. The recognized advantages of the existing K60 compact modules are entirely mirrored in the considerably smaller K45 modules. They have the same base area as the application modules, but the installed depth is only 2/3 of that of the application modules and therefore matches the compact module family. Despite these small dimensions, all modules feature large engraving plates and the integrated addressing socket. Two mounting plates are offered for the K45 compact modules: • The first mounting plate has the same hole pattern as the K60 compact module. This means that K60 compact modules can be mounted flush in combination with K45 modules. The flat cables are laid without obstructions in the special depressions in the mounting plates. • The second mounting plate has the drilled holes and the standard rail mounting adapter of the application modules. Installation of the flat cables has been simplified. The yellow and black AS-Interface® flat cable can be inserted in the mounting plates from the left or right depending on the position of the coding lug. The polarity of the applied voltages cannot be reversed. The sensors/actuators are connected via M12 sockets. The 4I module can be ordered as an alternative with M 8 connection sockets. ■ Design Mounting 6 The yellow or black and yellow AS-Interface flat cables are laid in the appropriate cable guides of the mounting plate. They can be inserted in any direction. The top of the module is located onto the mounting plate. The top section is fixed to the mounting plate with just one screw. 6/56 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45 ■ Design (continued) Mounting possibilities Standard rail mounting with 3RK1 901-2DA00 mounting plate. Mounting (horizontal and vertical fixing is possible) on generally available shaped rails with screws-on slides (max. M5, not included in the scope of supply) on mounting plate 3RK1 901-2EA00 or 3RK1 901-2DA00. Addressing The addresses are assigned using an integrated addressing socket. M12 sockets that are not required must be sealed with 3RK1 901-1KA00 blank plugs in order to guarantee the specified degree of protection. Wall mounting with 3RK1 901-2EA00 mounting plate. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/57 6 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45 ■ Technical specifications Technical specifications common to all IP67 – K45 digital I/O modules Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Polarity reversal protection U ASInterface Built-in Input connection PNP Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Sensors • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for all inputs (Tu £ 40 °C) in mA • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Outputs • Type of output • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External 24 V DC supply voltage • Watchdog 6 AS-Interface certificate Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 2- and 3-wire 20 to 30 200 ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 6 Electronics Built-in Built-in Over black AS-Interface flat cable Built-in Approvals UL, CSA, marine certification (or under application in the case of new products) Degree of protection IP67 (IP65 for M8 snap-on connection) Ground connection Through PIN5 of the M12 socket and outgoing through a 2.8 mm tab connector (no earth connection for M8 sockets) Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Status indications • I/O display • Display UAux • AS-Interface/diagnostics display Yellow LED Green LED Dual LED, green/red Connection Using mounting plate for K45 compact module Note 1 All K45 compact modules are supplied with high-grade steel screws/sockets Note 2 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary. The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), Safety Class III. Available (or under application in the case of new products) 1) for 3RK2 400-1BQ20-0AA3 Umin = 16.5 V 4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs Standard slaves Standard assignment M12 3RK1 200–0CQ20–0AA3 Standard slaves Standard assignment M8 screw connection 3RK1 200–0CT20–0AA3 Standard slave Standard assignment M8 screw connection 3RK1 200–0CU20–0AA3 Total current input in mA £ 270 £ 270 £ 270 Socket assignment, inputs PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN3 = Sensor supply LPIN4 + 2 = Data input PIN5 = Ground connection PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN3 = Sensor supply LPIN4 = Data input PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN3 = Sensor supply LPIN4 = Data input I/O configuration 0 0 0 ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 • Socket 2 • Socket 3 • Socket 4 PIN4/2 = IN1(D0) PIN4/2 = IN2(D1) PIN4/2 = IN3(D2) PIN4/2 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN4(D3) Number of I/O sockets 4 4 4 4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs A/B slave Standard assignment M12 3RK2 200–0CQ20–0AA3 A/B slaves Standard assignment M8 screw connection 3RK2 200–0CT20–0AA3 A/B slaves Standard assignment M8 screw connection 3RK2 200–0CU20–0AA3 Total current input in mA £ 270 £ 270 £ 270 Socket assignment, inputs PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN3 = Sensor supply LPIN4 + 2 = Data input PIN5 = Ground connection PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN3 = Sensor supply LPIN4 = Data input PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN3 = Sensor supply LPIN4 = Data input I/O configuration 0 0 0 ID/ID2 code A/0 A/0 A/0 Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 • Socket 2 • Socket 3 • Socket 4 PIN4/2 = IN1(D0) PIN4/2 = IN2(D1) PIN4/2 = IN3(D2) PIN4/2 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN4(D3) Number of I/O sockets 4 4 4 6/58 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45 ■ Technical specifications (continued) 2x2 inputs 2 inputs / 2 outputs 2 x (1 input / 1 output) -A/B slaves Y assignment M12 3RK2 200–0CQ22–0AA3 Current carrying capacity of outputs: 2 A 1) Standard slave Standard assignment M12 3RK1 400–1BQ20–0AA3 Current carrying capacity of outputs: 0.2 A Standard slaves Standard assignment M12 3RK1 400–0GQ20–0AA3 Total current input in mA £ 270 £ 270 £ 270 Polarity reversal protection U Aux Not applicable Through coding U Aux not required Socket assignment, inputs PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN3 = Sensor supply LPIN4 + 2 = Data input PIN5 = Ground connection PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN2 = Data input PIN3 = Sensor supply L PIN4 = Data input PIN5 = Earth connection PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN2 = Output PIN3 = Sensor supply LPIN4 = Data input PIN5 = Earth connection -- 2 1) 0,2 -- 3 0,2 I/O configuration 0 3 3 ID/ID2 code A/0 0/F F/F PIN4 = IN1 (D0) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) --PIN4 = IN3 (D2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4/2 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN1(D0) PIN2 = OUT3(D2) --PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN2 = OUT3(D3) 2 4 Outputs • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 • Socket 2 • Socket 3 • Socket 4 Number of I/O sockets PIN4/2 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) 6 2 1) The typical current carrying capacity per output increases with Version "E12" from 1.5 to 2 A (available from approx. 07/2003). 4 outputs 3 outputs 2 outputs / 2 inputs Current carrying capacity of outputs: 1 A Standard slaves Standard assignment M12 3RK1 100–1CQ20–0AA3 Current carrying capacity of outputs: 1 A A/B slaves Standard assignment M12 3RK2 100–1EQ20–0AA3 Current carrying capacity of outputs: 2 A A/B slave Standard assignment M12 3RK2 400–1BQ20–0AA3 Total current input in mA £ 45 £ 45 £ 270 Polarity reversal protection U Aux Through coding Through coding Through coding Socket assignment, inputs -- -- PIN1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN2 = Data input PIN3 = Sensor supply L PIN4 = Data input PIN5 = Earth connection 1 2 3 3 Outputs • Current carrying capacity per out- 1 put in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per 3 module in A I/O configuration 8 8 B ID/ID2 code 0/F A/0 A/0 Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 • Socket 2 • Socket 3 • Socket 4 PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) Not available PIN4/2 = IN3(D2) PIN4/2 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) Number of I/O sockets 4 3 4 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/59 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45 ■ Technical specifications (continued) K45 mounting plate For wall mounting Hub Cable end piece -- -- 3RK1 901-2EA00 For standard rail mounting 3RK1 901-2DA00 3RK1 901-1NN00 3RK1 901-1MN00 Ambient temperature in °C -40 to +85 -40 to +85 -40 to +85 40 to +85 Degree of protection IP67 with K45 compact module screwed on IP67 with K45 compact module screwed on IP65 with upper part screwed on IP67 with shaped ASInterface cable inserted Connection technique For shaped AS-Interface cable, contacted through the insulation-piercing terminals integral to the compact module For shaped AS-Interface cable, contacted through the insulation-piercing terminals integral to the compact module For yellow or black, shaped AS-Interface cable, contacted through the insulation-piercing terminals integral to the upper part Heavy-gauge threadedjoint connector with integrated seal (seal shaped for AS-Interface cable) Mounting • Wall mounting • On shaped bracket (the corresponding slide rings are required) • Hole spacing compatible with K60 mounting plate • Standard mounting rail/wall mounting • On shaped bracket (the corresponding slide rings are required) • Hole spacing compatible to coupling module FK/FK-E (application module) • Standard mounting rail/wall mounting • On shaped bracket (the corresponding slide rings are required) • Hole spacing compatible to coupling module FK/FK-E (application module) Cable end piece can be fixed, for example, to a machine by means of integral ring Note The yellow and black AS-Interface cable can be inserted from any direction The yellow and black AS-Interface cable can be inserted from any direction Distributors can be used for the following purposes: • Configuration of network structures (branch function) • Isolation of cable segments (isolating function) • Sealing cable ends inside the module (sealing function) If one or both cables terminate in the module, seals are required (straight and shaped) that can be inserted in the lower part of the distributor. These seals are not included in the scope of supply and must be ordered separately (3RK1 902-0AR00). If both cables are routed into and out of the module, additional seals are not required. -- 6 6/60 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45 ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45 PNP transistor Current loading capacity of inputs: 200 mA Modules supplied without mounting plate. Type Current load- Slave ing capacity type of outputs Pin assignments 4 inputs -- Standard Standard 3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3 A/B Connection technique M12 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 M8 screws 3RK1 200-0CT20-0AA3 M8 snap-on 3RK1 200-0CU20-0AA3 M12 3RK2 200-0CQ20-0AA3 M8 screws 3RK2 200-0CT20-0AA3 M8 snap-on 3RK2 200-0CU20-0AA3 M12 3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3 2 x 2 inputs -- A/B Y 2 inputs/2 outputs 2 A 1) Standard Standard 3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 x (1 input / 1 output) 0.2 A Y 3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3 4 outputs 1A Standard 3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 3 outputs A/B 2 outputs / 2 inputs 2) new 2 A 3RK2 100-1EQ20-0AA3 3RK2 400-1BQ20-0AA3 Accessories K45 mounting plate • For wall mounting 3RK1 901-2EA00 • For mounting onto standard rails 3RK1 901-2DA00 Distributor For AS-Interface flat cable Supplied inclusive of special mounting plate Seals (3RK1 902-0AR00) are only necessary when a cable must end in the distributor and must be ordered separately 3RK1 901-1NN00 6 3RK1 901-2EA00 3RK1 901-1NN00 AS-Interface sealing caps (one set contains ten sealing caps) 3RK1 901-1KA00 • For spare M12 sockets 3RK1 901-1KA00 • For spare M8 sockets 3RK1 901-1PN00 Cable end piece For sealing open cable ends (of the shaped AS-Interface cable) in IP67 (one set contains ten cable end pieces) 3RK1 901-1MN00 Sealing set For K60 mounting plate and distributor Cannot be used for K45 mounting plate (one set contains five straight and five shaped seals) 3RK1 902-0AR00 3RK1 901-1PN00 3RK1 901-1MN00 3RK1 902-0AR00 1) The typical current carrying capacity per output increases with Version "E12“ from 1.5 to 2 A (available from approx. 07/2003). 2) Start of delivery approx. end of 2003. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/61 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45 ■ Dimensional drawings 14 10 33 45 NSA0_00029b 7 31 45 4,5 3 NSA00028 45 66 80 73 80 33 Mounting plate for wall mounting 3RK1 901-2EA00 Mounting plate for standard rail mounting 3RK1 901-2DA00 Drilled holes and mounting possibilities as for the K60 compact module Drilled holes and mounting possibilities as for the application module N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 0 9 6 Distributor 3RK1 901-1NN00 6/62 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45 ■ Schematics Terminal assignment input, pnp (M8 socket) Terminal assignment output, pnp (M12 socket) 24 V DC 4 1 3 P in 1 : S u p p ly L + P in 4 : S u p p ly L P in 4 : In p u t s ig n a l 1 2 5 4 3 P in P in P in P in P in 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : n o t a s s ig n e d n o t a s s ig n e d S u p p ly L O u tp u t s ig n a l E a r th c o n n e c tio n N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 7 a N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 9 6 Standard assignment Standard assignment Terminal assignment input, pnp (M12 socket) 6 1 P in P in P in P in P in 2 5 4 3 1 : S 2 : In 3 : S 4 : In 5 : E u p p p u t u p p p u t a rth ly s ly s L + ig n a l ( b r id g e d w ith P in 4 ) L ig n a l ( b r id g e d w ith P in 2 ) c o n n e c tio n N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 6 a Standard assignment Terminal assignment input, pnp (M12 socket) Y c a b le /s in g le c a b le 1 P in P in P in P in P in 2 4 3 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : S u In p S u In p E a p p u t p p u t rth ly s ly s L + ig n a l 2 L ig n a l 1 c o n n e c tio n N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 8 a 5 Y assignment Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/63 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules ■ Overview The AS-Interface application modules are the first module generation for AS-Interface. The K45 and K60 modules of the compact series are further developed and enhanced modules. We recommend that in the future the application modules will be replaced with the K45 compact modules. For existing systems and as replacement parts, the application modules will, however, still be available.. Additional information is available in the Internet under: http://mall.ad.siemens.com Advantages of the K45 compact modules The K45 compact modules offer further advantages over the functionality of the application modules: • An integrated addressing socket allows the module to be addressed while built-in • Time savings on installing the module: Hinging method means they are mounted with just one screw • Comprehensive diagnostics thanks to a LED on the module (display of null address, no communication with master, overload, etc.) • Insertion of the AS-Interface flat cable regardless of the position of the protruding lug • More compact dimensions • Versions with M12 and M8 connection sockets permit direct connection of all sensors • Modules in A/B technology permit up to 62 stations to be connected to an AS-Interface network Application module decoding table ® K45 Application module 6 Comparison type K45 Order No. Design Order No. Design 3RG9 001-0AA00 4 inputs (100 mA) 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs (200 mA) 3RG9 001-0AG00 4 inputs (200 mA) 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs (200 mA) 3RG9 001-0AH00 2 x 2 inputs 3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3 2 x 2 inputs A/B slave 3RG9 001-0AC00 2 inputs / 2 outputs Relay outputs 3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs Electronic outputs 3RG9 001-0CC00 2 inputs / 2 outputs Electronic outputs 3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs Electronic outputs 3RG9 001-0AM00 2 inputs / 2 outputs Electronic outputs Uaux via M12 plug 3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs Electronic outputs Uaux via black flat cable 3RG9 001-0AJ00 2 x (1 input / 1 output) I/O supply via AS-Interface cable 3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3 2 x (1 input / 1 output) I/O supply via AS-Interface cable 3RG9 001-0AB00 4 outputs Relay outputs 3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 outputs Electronic outputs 3RG9 001-0AL00 4 outputs Uaux via M12 plug 3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 outputs Uaux via black flat cable 3RG9 001-0CB00 4 outputs Electronic outputs 3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 outputs Electronic outputs Note: When using the K45 module instead of coupling modules 3RG9 010-0AA00 and 3RG9 030-0AA00, the K45 mounting plates 3RK1 901-2EA00 (wall mounting) or 3RK1 901-2DA00 (mounting onto standard rails) are required. 6/64 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules ■ Technical specifications 4 inputs 100 mA PNP transistor Standard assignment 3RG9 001–0AA00 2 x 2 inputs 200 mA 3RG9 001–0AG00 NPN transistor Y-II assignment 3RK1 200-0CQ01-0AA3 PNP transistor Y assignment 3RG9 001–0AH00 Slave type Standard slaves Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Total current input in mA £ 120 £ 250 £ 290 £ 250 Input connection PNP PNP NPN PNP 20 to 27 20 to 30 Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for all inputs (Tu £ 40 °C) in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Short-circuit and overload proof 20 to 30 100 200 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2-, 3- and 4-wire system Connection of AS-Interface EMI Watchdog -- I/O configuration 0 ID code 0 1 Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 Input (D0) • Socket 2 • Socket 3 Input (D1) Input (D2) • Socket 4 Input (D3) PIN4 = IN1 (D0) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN3 (D2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) AS-Interface certificate Yes Approvals UL, CSA, ship building Degree of protection IP67 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C –40 to +85 Number of I/O sockets 4 I/O display Yellow LED AS-Interface display Green LED Red/yellow/green LED Green LED AS-Interface/diagnostics display Not available "AS-i" LED: green = OK red = no data communication flashing red/yellow = null address flashing red = overload sensor Not available Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg coupling module 6 Input (D0 and D1) --Input (D2 and D3) 2 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/65 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) 2 inputs/2 outputs Relay 3RG9 001–0AC00 3RG9 001–0AM00 NPN transistor 3RK1 400–1BQ01–0AA3 £ 270 £ 270 £ 290 Slave type Standard slaves Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Total current input in mA £ 140 Input connection PNP NPN Short-circuit and overload proof 2- and 3-wire 20 to 30 100 20 to 27 200 Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Sensors • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for all inputs (Tu £ 40 °C) in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA 6 PNP transistor 3RG9 001–0CC00 Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External 24 V DC supply voltage 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Relay 1 (DC 12) 0.5 (DC 13 24 V) 2 Electronics 2 1 Built-in Built-in Via M 12 plug • Watchdog Not available 24 V DC via black flat cable Built-in Via M 12 plug 24 V DC via black flat cable Connection of AS-Interface EMI EEMI I/O configuration 3 EMI EEMI ID code 0 1 Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 Input (D0) • Socket 2 • Socket 3 Input (D1) Output (D2) • Socket 4 Output (D3) PIN4 = IN1 (D0) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = OUT1 (D2) PIN2 = OUT2 (D3) PIN4 = OUT2 (D3) AS-Interface certificate Yes Approvals UL, CSA, ship building Degree of protection IP67 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Number of I/O sockets 4 I/O display Yellow LED AS-Interface display Green LED Red/yellow/green LED AS-Interface/diagnostics display Without LED "AS-i" LED: green = OK red = no data communication flashing red/yellow = null address flashing red = overload sensor Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg coupling module Note 1 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary. The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), Safety Class III. Note 2 In the event of a communications failure, the relay outputs remain in the current switching state. 6/66 Siemens IK PI · 2004 – AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) 2 x (1 input/1 output) 4-fold distributor passive without LED PNP transistor 3RG9 001–0AJ00 Slave type Standard slaves Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Total current input in mA £ 270 Input connection PNP Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Load rating for all inputs in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • External supply voltage • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External 24 V DC supply voltage Short-circuit and overload proof 20 to 30 200 2-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Electronics 0.2 3RG9 001-0AD00 Function The passive 4V application module is used for connecting the intelligent I/O to the AS-Interface Operating voltage in V 26.5 to 31.6 DC (AS-Interface) Voltage range in V 20 to 30 DC Current load for all total in A 2 Socket assignment 1 = AS-i ”+“3 = AS-i ”–“ Connection 4 x M12 socket for connecting ASInterface (Sensors/actuators) Degree of protection IP67 Ambient temperature in °C –25 to +85 Non-operating temperature in °C –40 to +85 Number of M12 sockets 4 Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg coupling module 0.2 Not required Built-in Built-in • Watchdog The outputs are supplied via the yellow AS-Interface cable Built-in Connection of AS-Interface EMI I/O configuration 3 ID code F Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 • Socket 2 • Socket 3 • Socket 4 Input D0 and output D2 -Input D1 and output D3 -- AS-Interface certificate Yes Approvals UL, CSA, ship building Degree of protection IP67 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Number of I/O sockets 2 I/O display Yellow LED AS-Interface voltage display Green LED Diagnostics Without LED Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg coupling module Note The black AS-Interface cable is not required 6 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/67 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) 4 outputs Relay 3RG9 001–0AB00 6 PNP transistor 39 001–0AL00 NPN transistor 3RK1 100–1CQ01–0AA3 PNP transistor 3RG9 001–0CB00 Slave type Standard slaves Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Total current input in mA £ 60 £ 50 £ 60 Output connection PNP NPN PNP Outputs • Type of output Relay Electronics • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External 24 V DC supply voltage 1 (DC 12) 0.5 (DC 13 24 V) 2 1 Watchdog Not available Connection of AS-Interface EMI I/O configuration 8 ID code 0 1 0 Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 Output (D0) Output (D0) • Socket 2 • Socket 3 Output (D1) Output (D2) • Socket 4 Output (D3) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0) PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN2 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) AS-Interface certificate Yes Approvals UL, CSA, ship building Degree of protection IP67 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 Storage temperature in °C –40 to +85 Number of I/O sockets 4 Display of outputs Yellow LED AS-Interface display Green LED Red/yellow/green LED Green LED Diagnostics Without LED "AS-i" LED: green = OK red = no data communication flashing red/yellow = null address flashing red = overload sensor Without LED Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg coupling module Via contact pin on the FK-E or Pg-E coupling module Note 1 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary. The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), Safety Class III. Note 2 In the event of a communications failure, the relay outputs remain in the current switching state. 6/68 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Built-in Built-in Via M12 connector on the end face of the module Via FK-E or PG-E coupling module Built-in EEMI – Output (D1) Output (D2) Output (D3) AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) FK coupling module FK-E coupling module for 2 x AS-Interface cable (yellow) for 1 x AS-Interface cable (yellow) and 1 x AS-Interface cable (black) Standard version Version with high-grade steel components and Viton seals 3RG9 030–0AA00 3RK1 901–1JA00 Standard version 3RG9 010–0AA00 Operating voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Loading capability in A £2 Interface EMI Version with high-grade steel components and Viton seals 3RK1 901–1HA00 EEMI Ambient temperature in °C -40 to +85 Degree of protection IP67 (with cover/application module) Connection technique Insulation piercing technique for AS-Interface flat cable Mounting possibilities For wall and standard rail mounting Scope of delivery 1 ´ coupling module 4 ´ shaped seal 3 ´ terminating seal 1 ´ coupling module 4 ´ shaped seal (Viton) 3 ´ terminating seal (Viton) 1 ´ coupling module 4 ´ shaped seal 3 ´ terminating seal 1 ´ coupling module 4 ´ shaped seal (Viton) 3 ´ terminating seal (Viton) Special features -- Integrated high-grade steel threaded bushings -- High-grade steel threaded bushings Note Cable baskets are connected electrically in parallel and are suitable for single T and double T junctions -- PG coupling module PG-E coupling module 3RG9 220-0AA00 3RG9 240-0AA00 Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26,5 to 31,6 Loading capability in A 4 Interface EMI Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 Degree of protection IP67 (with cover/application module) Connection technique Via screw terminals to AS-Interface cable with top section of module Mounting possibilities For wall and standard rail mounting Supply includes 1 ´ PG coupling module 4 ´ nuts 2 ´ cable gland PG11 3 ´ locking bolts External cable diameter in mm 6 to 10 Conductor cross-section in mm2 1 to 2.5 Screwed cable gland Pg11 Note When using AS-Interface flat cables, shaped PG gaskets are required(3RX9 805-0AA00) 6 EEMI Via screw terminals to AS-Interface cable and UAux via male contact connection to top section of module Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/69 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules ■ Dimensional drawings Application modules Coupling modules 5 ,3 6 6 6 6 6 N S A 0 0 0 4 3 N S A 0 0 0 3 9 3 4 - 8 0 9 ,6 -1 -2 - 2 7 3 1 3 1 3RG9 001-0AA00 3RG9 001-0AD00 3RG9 001-0AG00 3RG9 001-0CB00 3RG9 001-0CC00 3RK1 200-0CQ01-0AA3 3RK1 400-1BQ01-0AA3 3RK1 100-1CQ01-0AA3 2 0 FK coupling module 3RG9 010-0AA00 4 5 3 3 5 ,3 N S A 0 0 0 4 4 8 0 4 5 2 5 9 ,6 4 5 9 ,6 N S A 0 0 0 4 0 3 ,8 5 M 1 2 5 ,3 2 2 -2 8 9 ,6 6 6 3 4 - 1 0 8 0 -1 -2 - 3 1 3 1 6 6 2 5 4 5 6 8 0 P g 1 1 1 6 4 1 7 ,2 5 1 3 ,2 5 PG coupling module 3RG9 220-0AA00 2 7 6 4 5 N S A 0 0 0 4 5 6 6 8 0 9 ,6 5 ,3 3RG9 001-0AB00 3RG9 001-0AC00 3RG9 001-0AL00 3RG9 001-0AM00 4 5 2 5 3 1 N S A 0 0 0 4 1 6 6 8 0 9 ,6 2 0 3 1 FK-E coupling module 3RG9 030-0AA00 3RG9 901-1NA00 3RG9 901-1JA00 2 7 4 5 3 3 3 1 6 6 8 0 P g 1 1 N S A 0 0 0 4 6 5 ,3 3RG9 001-0AH00 3RG9 001-0AJ00 9 ,6 2 2 -2 8 5 ,3 1 7 ,2 5 PG-E coupling module 3RG9 240-0AA00 6/70 Siemens IK PI · 2004 4 1 3 ,2 5 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Overview ■ Function O n e u s e r p r o g r a m c y c le , w ith s y s te m fu n c tio n c a ll C P U A S In te r fa c e m a s te r S e v e n A S In te r fa c e c y c le s (m a x . 5 m s e a c h ) A n a lo g m o d u le NSA0_00352a N o te : T h e in te g r a te d s ta n d a r d fu n c tio n b lo c k s S F C 5 8 , S F C 5 9 c a n b e u s e d fo r a c c e s s to th e v a lu e s . The two-channel modules in the K60 compact series collect or supply analog signals locally. These modules are linked to a higher-level programmable controller via an AS-Interface master acc. to Specification 2.1. The analog modules are grouped into five categories: • Input module for two current sensors • Input module for two voltage sensors • Input module for two temperature sensors • Output module for two current actuators • Output module for two voltage actuators The input and output channels are galvanically isolated from the AS-Interface network. If sensors with a greater power consumption are to be connected, instead of the internal supply, more power can be supplied via the auxiliary voltage. Data transfer in accordance with the 7.3/7.4 analog profile (simplified) In the case of the 7.3/7.4 analog profile, at least seven AS-Interface cycles are executed until data transfer is complete. For this purpose, a master with the expanded specification V2.1 must be used. In the case of input modules, the complete analog value is then available in the AS-Interface master. Preprocessing takes place in the master. The user program fetches the analog value as one value into the user program on the next system function call. The analog value is therefore updated extremely quickly. This procedure takes place in reverse order in the case of output modules. The modules, complete with their technical specifications and detailed operating instructions, are presented in the manual in considerable detail. This is supplemented with function block examples. ■ Technical specifications Slave type Analog-Slave I/O configuration 7 Profile 7.3 ID code 3 Numerical format S7 AS-Interface certificate In preparation Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Approvals UL/CSA/ship building Degree of protection IP67 Total current consumption of the module including the connection of sensors/actuators in mA 150 Ambient temperature in °C -20 to +60 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Current drawn with two sensors connected in mA (without UAux infeed) Max. 46 AUX PWR display (UAux) Green LED AS-i display Green LED FAULT display Red LED Connection Mounting plate for K60 compact module Additional supply of sensors via UAux in V 24 to 30 Current drawn from UAux on connection of 2 sensors (not short-circuit-proof) in mA Max. 500 Current drawn on connection of 2 current / voltage actuators in mA Max. 30 / max. 24 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/71 6 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Design Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60 Active channels 1 and 2 Analog profile 7.3 The modules are supplied without a mounting plate Measurement/ output variable Type Measurement /output range Current 2 inputs Deactivated smoothing function 50 Hz line filter 4 to 20 mA or ± 20 mA (selectable) 3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3 2 outputs For 2-wire actuators 4 to 20 mA or ± 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA (selectable) 3RK1 107-1BQ40-0AA3 Thermal resistance Resistance 2 inputs For 4-wire sensors Deactivated smoothing function 50 Hz line filter Pt 100 or Ni 100 or 0 to 600 mA (selectable) 3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3 Voltage 2 inputs Deactivated smoothing function 50 Hz line filter ± 10 V 3RK1 207-2BQ40-0AA3 2 outputs For 2-wire actuators ± 10 V or 3RK1 107-2BQ40-0AA3 3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3 6 0 to 10 V (selectable) Accessories Manual, German 3RK1 701-2AB40-0AA0 K60 mounting plate • Wall mounting 3RK1 901-0CA00 • Mounting onto standard rails 3RK1 901-0CB00 M12 sealing cap 3RK1 901-1KA00 Sealing kit 3RK1 902-0AR00 3RK1 901-0CA00 3RK1 901-1KA00 3RK1 902-0AR00 Additional information is available in the Internet under: http://mall.ad.siemens.com The analog modules to the profile 7.1/7.2 can be ordered at this address. 6/72 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60 ■ Schematics Pin assignment input module 1 P in P in P in P in P in A ll p e x te m a x P in 2 5 4 3 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 3 a 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : in rn 5 S u p p ly L + ( D C n + S u p p ly M 2 4 V ) 5 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 4 b 3 P t 1 0 0 5 4 3 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 5 b P in P in P in P in P in A ll p e x te m a x P in 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : in rn 5 c o n s t+ n + c o n s t n C a b le s h ie ld a s s ig n m e n ts a r e s h o w n w ith o u t a l s e n s o r s u p p ly . 0 m A fo r b o th c h a n n e ls fr o m 1 a n d P in 3 . 3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3 Thermo-resistor 2-wire-sensor 2 4 2 n C a b le s h ie ld a s s ig n m e n ts a r e s h o w n w ith o u t a l s e n s o r s u p p ly . 0 m A fo r b o th c h a n n e ls fr o m 1 a n d P in 3 . 3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3 Current input 4-wire-sensor 1 1 (g ro u n d ) B r id g e fr o m n to M ( 3 ) c a n b e s e t in te n a lly v ia p a r a m e te r is a tio n P in P in P in P in P in A ll p e x te m a x P in 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : in rn 5 S u p p ly L + ( D C 2 4 V ) n + S u p p ly M 1 (g ro u n d ) 2 n 5 C a b le s h ie ld a s s ig n m e n ts a r e s h o w n w ith o u t a l s e n s o r s u p p ly . 0 m A fo r b o th c h a n n e ls fr o m 1 a n d P in 3 . P t 1 0 0 4 3 P in P in P in P in P in 1 : m e a s + 2 : S u p p ly L + 3 : m e a s 4 : S u p p ly L ( g r o u n d ) 5 : C a b le s h ie ld N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 9 a 6 3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3 Current input 2-wire-sensor 3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3 Thermo-resistor 3-wire-sensor All Pin assignments without external supply of the sensors. 1 P in P in P in P in P in A ll p e x te m a x P in 2 5 4 3 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 7 a 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : in rn 5 S u p p ly L + ( D C n + S u p p ly M 2 4 V ) Pin assignment output module (g ro u n d ) n C a b le s h ie ld a s s ig n m e n ts a r e s h o w n w ith o u t a l s e n s o r s u p p ly . 0 m A fo r b o th c h a n n e ls fr o m 1 a n d P in 3 . P in 5 : C a b le s h ie ld 1 2 5 4 3 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 6 3RK1 207-2BQ40-0AA3 Voltage input 4-wire-sensor 3RK1 107-1BQ40-0AA3 Current output 1 2 P t 1 0 0 5 4 3 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 8 a P in P in P in P in P in A ll p e x te m a x P in 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : in rn 5 c o n s t+ IN + c o n s t IN C a b le s h ie ld a s s ig n m e n ts a r e s h o w n w ith o u t a l s e n s o r s u p p ly . 0 m A fo r b o th c h a n n e ls fr o m 1 a n d P in 3 . P in 5 : C a b le s h ie ld 1 2 5 4 3 N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 0 3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3 Thermo-resistor 4-wire-sensor 3RK1 107-2BQ40-0AA3 Voltage output All Pin assignments without external supply of the sensors. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/73 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in the field Pneumatic I/O modules ■ Overview All pneumatic I/O modules must now be ordered directly from the manufacturer (Fa. Kuhnke). An order via Siemens is no longer possible. Order informationen of Kuhnke GmbH Module groupe Module type Siemens Order No. Kuhnke order code Ordering adress Pneumatic compact module K60 4 inputs 2 outputs monostable Exhaust air via sintered filter 3RK 1408-0MT00-0CA0 AirBox K-F-GE-MO Exhaust air via plug-in connector 3RK 1408-0MT01-0CA0 AirBox K-S-GE-MO Exhaust air via sintered filter valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1MT00-0CA0 AirBox K-F-SW-MO Exhaust air via plug-in connector valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1MT01-0CA0 AirBox K-S-SW-MO Exhaust air via sintered filter 3RK 1408-0CT00-0CA0 AirBox K-F-GE-BI Kuhnke GmbH Lütjenburger Str. 101 D-23714 Malente Tel. x49-4523-402-386 Fax. x49-4523-402-481 E-mail: sales@kuhnke.de Contact person: Mr Pöhls Exhaust air via plug-in connector 3RK 1408-0CT01-0CA0 AirBox K-S-GE-BI Exhaust air via sintered filter valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1CT00-0CA0 AirBox K-F-SW-BI Exhaust air via plug-in connector valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1CT01-0CA0 AirBox K-S-SW-BI Exhaust air via sintered filter 3RK 1408-0BT00-0CA0 AirBox 1-F-GE-MO Exhaust air via plug-in connector 3RK 1408-0BT01-0CA0 AirBox 1-S-GE-MO Exhaust air via plug-in connector with stainless-steel components and Viton seals 3RK 1408-0BT03-0CA0 AirBox 1-S-GE-MO-VA Exhaust air via sintered filter recessed hand operation 3RK 1408-0BT02-0CA0 AirBox 1-F-GE-MO-GH Exhaust air via sintered filter recessed hand operation valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1BT02-0CA0 AirBox 32-F-SW-MO-GH Exhaust air via sintered filter 3RK 1408-0MT02-0CA0 AirBox 32-F-GE-MO Exhaust air via plug-in connector 3RK 1408-0MT03-0CA0 AirBox 32-S-GE-MO Exhaust air via sintered filter valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1BT00-0CA0 AirBox 32-F-SW-MO Exhaust air via plug-in connector valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1BT01-0CA0 AirBox 32-S-SW-MO Pneumatic compact module K60 4 inputs 2 outputs bistable 6 Pneumatic application module 2 inputs 2 outputs monostable Pneumatic application module 2 ´ 2 inputs 2 outputs monostable 6/74 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet Introduction ■ Overview SlimLine S22.5/S45 Module F90 For AS-Interface applications in the switchgear cabinet, various module series are available for different requirements: • SlimLine S22.5 • SlimLine S45 • Module F90 • Flat module All modules of these series can be directly snapped onto standard rails or fixed with screws. AS-Interface modules to the degree of protection IP20 have terminals for direct connection to the AS-Interface cables and therefore do not require a base unit. Flat module Series Range Mounting on 35 mm standard rails to DIN EN 50 022 Wall mounting using push-in lugs (Order No.: 3RP1 903) Other possibilities SlimLine S22.5 • 4I • 4O • 2I/2O (electronic/relay outputs) • Counter 1) • Earth fault detection module • • – SlimLine S45 • 4I/4O (electronic/relay outputs) • 4I/4O with floating I/O • 4I/3O (A/B modules) • • – Module F90 • 4I/4O (screw terminals) • 4I/4O (connected via Combicon connector) • 16I • – – Flat module • 4I/4O (screw terminals) • (encapsulated and embedded PCB) – – Integrated tags for screw fixing 1) For further information about these modules, see Section Actuator-Sensor-Interface / Modules with special functions / Counter modules Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/75 6 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet Introduction ■ Function Addressing All modules of the Slimline S22.5, S45 and F90 series as well as the flat module can be addressed via an integrated addressing socket also in the mounted state. An addressing unit is therefore necessary (AS-Interface addressing and diagnostics unit 3RK1 904-2AB01). LED diagnostics indication SlimLine Series AS-Interface modules of the SlimLine Series have, in addition to status indicators for inputs and outputs, two LEDs for indicating the status of the module. LED States AUX PWR1) On Off Off Status description AS-Interface On On Off On Flashing On FAULT Off Off Off On On Flashing NSA0_00318 Sensor overload with RESET of slaves Slave has address = 0 No communication: Master in STOP mode Slave not entered in the LPS Slave has wrong IO&D code Slave in RESET state Module completely without voltage UAux failure Normal operation and UAux applied 6 1) No LED for 3RK1 400-0BE00-0AA2, 3RK1 402-0BE00-0AA2 and 3RK1 100-0CE00-0AA2. F90 module (16I) All modules of this series have, in addition to status indicators for inputs and outputs, one LED to indicate the status of the AS-Interface voltage. LED States AS-Interface On Status description Off AS-Interface voltage not applied AS-Interface voltage applied NSA0_00319 Flat module and F90 module (4I/4O) The flat module and F90 module with four inputs and four outputs have a dual LED for diagnostics functions. LED States AUX PWR On Off Off AS-i / FAULT On On Off Status description On Flashing Flashing NSA0_00313 Flashing 6/76 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Sensor overload with RESET of slaves Slave has address = 0 No communication: Master in STOP mode Slave not entered in the LPS Slave has wrong IO&D code Slave in RESET state Module completely without voltage UAux failure Normal operation and UAux applied AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Overview ■ Design SlimLine modules of Series S22.5 and S45 Removable terminals The AS-Interface module series for the "SlimLine“ control cabinet to the degree of protection IP20 creates space in the control cabinet or in the distributed on-site control box. The removable terminal is the innovative connection technique from Siemens for AS-Interface SlimLine modules of the S22.5 and S45 Series. The complete terminal block can be quickly and easily dismantled and reassembled. It is not necessary to disconnect the terminals during this process. The emphasis of this module series is on its slim design. The modules are 22.5 mm or 45 mm in width. Via screw-type or Cage Clamp terminals, standard sensors/ actuators and the AS-Interface cable can be connected. Integrated adapters allow the modules to be mounted on standard rails. Deinstallation from the standard rail is quick and easy without the need for tools. The modules can also be screwed in place by an additional accessory. All modules have LEDs on the front which indicate the status of the module. An addressing socket built into the front allows addresses to be assigned in the installed state. Note • The devices will be converted from 2004 and will be available under the same order number. • Before the terminal block is removed, the device must be disconnected from the supply. Features Removeable terminal blocks Apart from the digital input and output modules, modules with special functions are also available in S22.5 format. These include: • Counter module • Earth fault detection module 6 NSA0_00363 For further information on these modules, see the Section AS-Interface / Modules with Special Functions. Contact • Well-proven terminal system The complete ease of handling for connecting wires is retained in the design of the new removable terminals. The familiar conductor cross sections can continue to be used. • Variable connection techniques All modules are available with screw-type or Cage Clamp terminals. • Coding The terminal blocks cannot be mistakenly interchanged thanks to coding (EN50178). • Secured against detachment and vibration The terminal blocks are latched into the housing. The terminal blocks can be removed using a screwdriver VDE0100T410 (IEC-4-41). Inadvertent removal is therefore not possible. • Safety against finger touch Even in the removed state, the contacts of the modules are safe against finger touch according to DIN 61140(IEC 60529). • Labeling All terminal connections are labelled on the terminal block which makes preassembly possible. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/77 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Design (continued) Releasing removable terminals Locking removable terminals NSA0_00364 NSA0_00367a CLICK Step 1: Release latch using a screwdriver Push terminal backwards until latch snaps into place Customer benefits • Quick replacement of the basic unit minimizes service costs and reduces downtimes • Mistakes are avoided during replacement thanks to coding of the terminals • Preassembly is possible without the device • Safety to finger touch during replacement • The ease of connection with screw-type and Cage Clamp terminals is fully retained NSA0_00365 6 NSA0_00366a Step 2: Pull terminal forwards Step 3: Lift off terminal ■ Technical specifications Technical specifications common to all SlimLine modules Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Input connection PNP AS-Interface certificate Available (or under application in the case of new products) Approvals UL, CSA, ship building (or under application in the case of new products) Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 6/78 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Status indications • I/O display • AS-i display • FAULT display Note Yellow LED Green LED Red LED To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary. The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), Safety Class III. AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Technical specifications (continued) SlimLine S22.5 4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs new Screw-type connection Standard slave 2-wire 3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2 Screw-type connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire 3RK1 200-0CE02-0AA2 Screw-type connection A/B slave 2- and 3-wire 3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2 £ 50 £ 270 £ 270 Short circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 -- Short circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 Short circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 2-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 I/O configuration 0 0 0 ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F A/0 Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 Connection Via screw terminal Via screw terminal Via screw terminal 4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs new Spring-loaded connection Standard slave 2-wire 3RK1 200-0CG00-0AA2 Spring-loaded connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire 3RK1 200-0CG02-0AA2 Spring-loaded connection A/B slave 2- and 3-wire 3RK2 200-0CG02-0AA2 £ 50 £ 270 £ 270 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 -- Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 2-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Total current input in mA Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for sensor supply in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Total current input in mA Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for sensor supply in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA 6 I/O configuration 0 0 0 ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F A/0 Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 Connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Conductor cross-sections in mm2 Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Note Disassembly tool for springloaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" Disassembly tool for springloaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" Disassembly tool for springloaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/79 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Technical specifications (continued) 2 inputs/2 outputs 2 inputs/2 outputs 2 inputs/2 outputs Screw-type connection Standard slave 2-wire PNP transistor (2 A) 3RK1 400-0BE00-0AA2 Screw-type connection Standard slave 2-wire Relay 3RK1 402-0BE00-0AA2 Spring-loaded connection Standard slave 2-wire PNP transistor (2 A) 3RK1 400-0BG00-0AA2 £ 50 £ 50 £ 50 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 -- Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 -- Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 -- 2-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 PNP transistor 2 Relay -- PNP transistor 2 4 -- 4 Built-in Built-in External back-up fuse Not applicable Built-in Built-in Not applicable Not applicable • Ith • AC-15 • DC 13 24 V • DC 13 110 V • DC 13 230 V • Watchdog Not built-in Via terminals: Terminal 7 = "+“ Terminal 10 = "-“ -----Built-in 6 3 1 0.2 0.1 Built-in Not built-in Via terminals: Terminal 7 ="+“ Terminal 10 = "-“ -----Built-in I/O configuration 3 3 3 ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 Connection Screw terminals Screw terminals Spring-loaded terminal connection Conductor cross-sections in mm2 -- -- Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Note -- -- Disassembly tool for springloaded terminal connection: See accessories Total current input in mA Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for sensor supply in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA 6 Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • Polarity reversal protection • External 24 V DC supply voltage 6/80 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Technical specifications (continued) Total current input in mA Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for sensor supply in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • Polarity reversal protection • External 24 V DC supply voltage 2 inputs/2 outputs 4 outputs 4 outputs Spring-loaded connection Standard slave 2-wire Relay 3RK1 402-0BG00-0AA2 Screw-type connection Standard slave -PNP transistor (1 A) 3RK1 100–1CE00–0AA2 Spring-loaded connection Standard slave -PNP transistor (1 A) 3RK1 100–1CG00–0AA2 £ 50 £ 40 £ 40 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 -- -- -- --- --- 2-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 ---- ---- Relay changeover, floating -- Electronics (PNP) Electronics (PNP) 1 1 -- 2 2 External back-up fuse necessary Not applicable Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Not applicable Not applicable Built-in Via screw terminals Terminal 7 ="+" Terminal 10 = M -----Built-in 6 • Ith • AC-15 • DC 13 24 V • DC 13 110 V • DC 13 230 V • Watchdog 6 3 1 0.2 0.1 Built-in Built-in Via screw terminals Terminal 7 ="+" Terminal 10 = M -----Built-in I/O configuration 3 8 8 ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 Connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Screw terminals Spring-loaded terminal connection Conductor cross-sections in mm2 Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) -- Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Note Disassembly tool for springloaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" -- Disassembly tool for springloaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/81 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Technical specifications (continued) SlimLine S45 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs Screw-type connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor (1 A) 3RK1 400-1CE00-0AA2 Screw-type connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor (2 A) 3RK1 400-1CE01-0AA2 Screw-type connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire (floating) PNP transistor (1 A) floating 3RK1 402-3CE01-0AA2 £ 270 £ 270 £ 40 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Electronics 1 Electronics 2 Electronics 1 4 4 4 Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Terminal 13 = L24+ Terminal 19 = M24 Built-in Terminal 13 = L24+ Terminal 19 = M24 • Ith • AC-15 • DC 13 24 V • DC 13 110 V • DC 13 230 V • Watchdog -----Built-in -----Built-in Built-in Sensor supply: Terminal 13 = U_s+ Terminal 19 = U_s– Actuator supply: Terminal 14 = L+ Terminals 20 to 24 = M -----Built-in I/O configuration 7 7 7 ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 Connection Via screw terminal Via screw terminal Via screw terminal Note -- -- The module has four floating inputs and four floating switching outputs. For the input and output circuits, an external additional supply of 20 to 30 V according to VDE 0106 (PELV) Safety Class III is required. Total current input in mA Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for sensor supply in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA 6 Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • Polarity reversal protection • External 24 V DC supply voltage 6/82 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Technical specifications (continued) 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs Screw-type connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire Relay 3RK1 402-3CE00-0AA2 Spring-loaded connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor (1 A) 3RK1 400-1CG00-0AA2 Spring-loaded connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor (2 A) 3RK1 400-1CG01-0AA2 £ 270 £ 270 £ 270 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Relay -- Electronics 1 Electronics 2 -- 4 4 External back-up fuse 6 A gL/gG Built-in • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • Polarity reversal protection • External 24 V DC supply voltage Not applicable -- No (internal fusible link) -- -Not applicable • Ith • AC-15 • DC 13 24 V • DC 13 110 V • DC 13 230 V • Watchdog 5 3 1 0.2 0.1 Built-in Built-in Terminal 13 = L24+ Terminal 19 = M24 -----Built-in Built-in Terminal 13 = L24+ Terminal 19 = M24 -----Built-in I/O configuration 7 7 7 ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 Connection Via screw terminal Spring-loaded terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Conductor cross-sections in mm2 -- Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Note -- Disassembly tool for springloaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" Disassembly tool for springloaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" Total current input in mA Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for sensor supply in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Short-circuit protection Siemens IK PI · 2004 6 6/83 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Technical specifications (continued) 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs Spring-loaded connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor (1 A) 3RK1 402-3CG01-0AA2 Spring-loaded connection Standard slave 2- and 3-wire Relay 3RK1 402-3CG00-0AA2 £ 40 £ 270 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Electronics 1 Relay -- 4 -- Built-in Built-in External back-up fuse 6 A gL/gG Not applicable Built-in Not applicable • Ith • AC-15 • DC 13 24 V • DC 13 110 V • DC 13 230 V • Watchdog Built-in Sensor supply: Terminal 13 = U_s+ Terminal 19 = U_s– Actuator supply: Terminal 14 = L+ Terminals 20 to 24 = M -----Built-in I/O configuration 7 7 ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 Connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Conductor cross-sections in mm2 Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Note 1 Disassembly tool for spring-loaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" Disassembly tool for spring-loaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" Note 2 The module has four floating inputs and four floating switching outputs. For the input and output circuits, an external additional supply of 20 to 30 V according to VDE 0106 (PELV) Safety Class III is required. -- Total current input in mA Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for sensor supply in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA 6 Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • Polarity reversal protection • External 24 V DC supply voltage 6/84 Siemens IK PI · 2004 5 3 1 0.2 0.1 Built-in AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Technical specifications (continued) 4 inputs/ 3 outputs 4 inputs/ 3 outputs Screw-type connection A/B slave 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor (2 A) 3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2 Spring-loaded connection A/B slave 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor (2 A) 3RK2 400-1FG00-0AA2 £ 270 £ 270 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 Short-circuit and overload withstand capability 20 to 30 200 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Electronics 2 Electronics 2 4 4 Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in • Ith • AC-15 • DC 13 24 V • DC 13 110 V • DC 13 230 V • Watchdog Built-in Terminal 13 = L24+ Terminal 19 = M24 -----Built-in Built-in Terminal 13 = L24+ Terminal 19 = M24 -----Built-in I/O configuration 7 7 ID/ID2 code A/0 A/0 Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4 Connection Via screw terminal Spring-loaded terminal connection Conductor cross-sections in mm2 -- Solid: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1) Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) AWG conductor connections solid or stranded: AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Note -- Disassembly tool for spring-loaded terminal connection: See "Accessories" Total current input in mA Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity for sensor supply in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Maximum summation current per module in A • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • Polarity reversal protection • External 24 V DC supply voltage 6 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/85 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. SlimLine S22.5 SlimLine S22.5 module Inputs: PNP transistor Type Connection terminals Slave type 4 inputs Screw-type Standard Inputs Outputs 2-wire -- 2- and 3-wire A/B slave Cage Clamp Standard 3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2 2 inputs/2 outputs 4 outputs 6 3RK1 200-0CE02-0AA2 2- and 3-wire 2-wire 3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2 3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2 -- 3RK1 200-0CG00-0AA2 2- and 3-wire 3RK1 200-0CG02-0AA2 A/B slave 2- and 3-wire 3RK2 200-0CG02-0AA2 Standard 2-wire Cage Clamp Standard 2-wire Screw-type Standard -- Cage Clamp Standard -- PNP transistor 1A 3RK1 100-1CG00-0AA2 Screw-type PNP transistor 2A 3RK1 400-0BE00-0AA2 Relay 3RK1 402-0BE00-0AA2 PNP transistor 2A 3RK1 400-0BG00-0AA2 Relay 3RK1 402-0BG00-0AA2 PNP transistor 1A 3RK1 100-1CE00-0AA2 SlimLine S45 SlimLine S45 module Inputs: PNP transistor Type Connection terminals Slave type Inputs Outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs Screw-type Standard 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor 1A 3RK1 400-1CE00-0AA2 PNP transistor 2A 3RK1 400-1CE01-0AA2 2- and 3-wire floating PNP transistor 1A floating 3RK1 402-3CE01-0AA2 2- and 3-wire Relay 3RK1 402-3CE00-0AA2 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor 1A 3RK1 400-1CG00-0AA2 PNP transistor 2A 3RK1 400-1CG01-0AA2 2- and 3-wire floating PNP transistor 1 A floating 3RK1 402-3CG01-0AA2 3RK1 400-1CE00-0AA2 Cage Clamp Standard 4 inputs/ 3 outputs 2- and 3-wire Relay 3RK1 402-3CG00-0AA2 A/B slaves 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor 2A 3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2 Cage Clamp A/B slaves 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor 2A 3RK2 400-1FG00-0AA2 Screw-type Accessories 6/86 Sealable cap For protection against unauthorized addressing 3RP1 902 Plug-in lugs For screw mounting 3RP1 903 SlimLine opening tool For all units with Cage Clamp terminals up to max. 1.5 mm2 conductor cross-section partly insulated 8WA2 807 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet SlimLine ■ Dimensional drawings 5 2 2 ,5 4 7 45 4 ■ Schematics Typical circuit diagram for SlimLine S22.5 8 6 3 6 86 65 7 + A S - i- 36 5 + A S - i1 2 3 A S - i+ + N 1 2 - w ir e s e n s o r O U T N 2 A S - i+ 4 5 A d d r e s s in g s o c k e t N 1 C AA CB 102 7 4 68 92 6 8 1 1 0 x 1 5 1 2 0 6 A S -i A D D R L E D 's f o r c o m m u n ic a t io n N 2 L E D 's f o r in p u t s 1 - 4 N 3 N 4 Standard terminal Spring-type terminal Screw-type terminal A 84.3 81 C 107.6 104 N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 2 7 NSB0_01412 N S B 0 _ 0 1 4 1 3 Removeable terminal A 84 83 C 108 106 - A S - i1 N 4 1 0 1 1 + 1 2 + 6 N 2 5 6 A S -i A D D R 36 5 9 3 N 1 4 86 65 7 N 3 + 2 A S - i+ 4 8 3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2 SlimLine S22.5 45 7 N 1 N 3 A C 102 68 92 N 2 N 4 N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 2 8 7 NSB0_01412 8 - IN 3 9 3 - w ir e s e n s o r IN 4 + O U T 1 0 - 1 1 1 2 + + 3RK1 200-0CE02-0AA2 Standard terminal Spring-type terminal Screw-type terminal A 84.3 81 C 107.6 104 Removeable terminal A 84 83 Typical circuit diagram for SlimLine S45 C 108 106 + M e c h a n ic a l s w itc h e s O U T - A S - i2 1 + + 3 4 + 5 S e n s o r 3 -L (P N P ) + 6 A S - i- SlimLine S45 + A S - i+ IN 1 IN 2 IN 3 - IN 4 8 7 1 0 9 A d d r e s s in g s o c k e t IN 1 A D D R 2 4 V D C L E D A U X P O W E R a v a ila b le IN 3 IN 2 L E D 's f o r o u t p u t s 1 - 2 1 3 1 4 O U T 3 O U T 2 O U T 4 1 6 1 5 L E D 's f o r in p u t 3 - 4 IN 4 O U T 1 1 7 L E D 's f o r o u t p u t s 3 - 4 1 8 + L 2 4 + O U T 1 O U T 2 - 1 2 A U X P O W E R L E D 's f o r in p u t 1 - 2 + 1 1 A S -i L E D 's f o r c o m m u n ic a t io n A U X P O W E R O U T - S e n s o r 2 -L (P N P ) A S - i+ O U T 3 O U T 4 C o n s u m e r 1 9 M 2 4 2 0 - 2 1 - 2 2 2 3 - 2 4 - N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 2 9 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/87 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet Module F90 ■ Function Principle of operation of the 16E module (3RG9 002-0DE00 and 3RG9 004-0DE00) The 16 inputs are arranged in four groups of four inputs. Only one group is permitted to be activated at a time. The PLC activates each group in sequence and reads the four input signals into the process image of the inputs in each case. The user program assigns the input information to the appropriate groups, i .e. the output process image of the PLC must correspond to the set output of the module otherwise input information will be read in from the wrong group. When a fault occurs in AS-i transmission, it can take up to three AS-i cycles (15 ms) until the output image of the slave corresponds to the output image of the master and therefore of the PLC. It can also take three cycles to transfer the input image of the slave. If messages to a particular slave are faulty over more than three consecutive AS-i cycles, the slave outputs a "Config error" to the master. The input image in the master is set to zeroes and the fault bit is set in the PLC. Note 1: The following function blocks (FBs) are available for sequence control: • FB 21 (E16-2433) for the AS-Interface master CP2433 (S5-95 U) • FB 22 (E16-2430) for the AS-Interface master CP2430 (S5-115 U) • FC 22 for S7 At least 30 ms must elapse between two function block calls for a module to ensure that the switching status of the inputs can be reliably read. Note 2: Programming examples can be requested from out Technical Support, Tel. (+49 91 31) 74 38 33, or downloaded from the Internet: Additional information is available from in the Internet under: 6 PLC ASInterfacecycle PIQ PII Master Module Note QI QI II NSA0_00321 Example: Response of the output image and the input image in the master and in the slave to faulty AS-Interface transfer 1000 xxxx 1 1000 xxxx 0111 xxxx xxxx xxxx fault in MC or SR 2 1000 xxxx 0111 xxxx xxxx xxxx fault in MC or SR 3 1000 xxxx 0111 EEEE 1000 EEEE I invalid because of switchover time in modu 4 1000 xxxx 0111 xxxx 1000 EEEE fault in MC or SR 5 1000 xxxx 0111 xxxx 1000 EEEE fault in MC or SR 6 1000 xxxx 0111 EEEE 1000 EEEE no fault in MC or SR 1000 EEEE 0111 Legend: QI Output image II Input image MC Master call PIQ Process image of the outputs PII Process image of the inputs SR Slave response PLC Programmable logic controller The example shows that the output image and input image are not consistent in the master and slave until six AS-Interface cycles have elapsed. The PLC cycle is not synchronous with the AS-Interface cycle. For this reason, the time that must elapse before the output image and input image of the master and PLC are consistent is extended by one AS-Interface cycle and one PLC cycle respectively. Formula for the cycle time: 4 · ((6 · 5 ms) + 5 ms + 10 ms) =180 ms 6/88 Siemens IK PI · 2004 http://www.siemens.de/as-interface AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet Module F90 ■ Technical specifications 4 inputs/4 outputs 1A screw-type terminals 3RG9 002-0DB00 Slave type Standard slaves Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Total current input in mA £ 270 Input connection PNP Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Load rating for sensor supply in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Total current of all outputs in A • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External voltage supply 24 V DC 2A 1A Combicon connection 3RG9 004-0DB00 2A 2 1 2 6 4 6 3RG9 002-0DA00 3RG9 004-0DA00 Short-circuit and overload proof 20 to 30 200 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Electronics 1 4 Built-in Built-in Built-in via terminal screws 6 Built-in via Combicon male connector Watchdog Built-in I/O configuration 7 ID/ID2 code 0/F Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 AS-Interface certificate Yes Approvals UL, CSA, ship building Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Displays • Inputs/outputs • AS-I voltage Yellow LEDs Green LED Connection Via screw terminal Addressing An integrated addressing socket can be used Note To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary. The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), safety class III. Via Combicon pin connector Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/89 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet Module F90 ■ Technical specifications (continued) 4 inputs/4 outputs 2 A, floating screw-type terminals 3RG9 002-0DC00 6 Slave type Standard slaves Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Total current input in mA £ 30 Input connection PNP Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Load rating for all inputs in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Short-circuit and overload proof 20 to 30 200 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. • Total current of all outputs in A • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External voltage supply 24 V DC Combicon connection 3RG9 004-0DC00 Electronics 2 6 Built-in Built-in Via screw terminal Via Combicon pin connector Watchdog Built-in I/O configuration 7 ID/ID2 code 0/F Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 AS-Interface certificate Yes Approvals UL, CSA, ship building Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Displays • Inputs/outputs • AS-i voltage Yellow LED Green LED Connection Via screw terminal Addressing An integrated addressing socket can be used Note 1 The module has four floating inputs and four floating switching outputs. For the input and output circuits, an external additional supply of 20 to 30 V according to VDE 0106 (PELV) safety class III is required. Note 2 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary. The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), safety class III. 6/90 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Via Combicon pin connector AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet Module F90 ■ Technical specifications (continued) 16 inputs Screw-type terminals Transistor PNP 3RG9 002-0DE00 Slave type Standard slaves Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Total current input in mA £ 70 Input connection PNP Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Connection of sensors • Signal 1 Uin Short-circuit and overload proof 20 to 30 Mechanical contacts 20 to 30 V ³ 3 mA Group signal • Current carrying capacity Iout • Output voltage Uout £ 25 mA Watchdog Built-in I/O configuration 7 ID/ID2 code F/F Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 Combicon connection 3RG9 004-0DE00 20 to 30 V Group signal G1 (D0) Inputs I 1.1 to I 1.4 (D0 to D3) Group signal G2 (D1) Inputs I 2.1 to I 2.4 (D0 to D3) Group signal G3 (D2) Inputs I 3.1 to I 3.4 (D0 to D3) Group signal G4 (D3) Inputs I 4.1 to I 4.4 (D0 to D3) 6 AS-Interface certificate Yes Approvals UL, CSA, ship building Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Displays • Inputs/outputs Yellow LED Connection Via screw terminal Addressing An integrated addressing socket can be used Note 1 The module has four input groups. Each input group has four inputs and one group signal for power supply of the inputs. The input groups are activated separately, whereby the relevant group signal is set by the control. Then the switching states of the associated inputs are read in. Note 2 Function block required Note 3 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary. The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), safety class III. Via Combicon pin connector Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/91 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet Module F90 ■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Design F90 module Standard slave Type Connection Inputs Outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs Screw-type terminals 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor PNP transistor 1A 3RG9 002-0DB00 PNP transistor 2A 3RG9 002-0DA00 PNP transistor 1A 3RG9 004-0DB00 PNP transistor 2A 3RG9 004-0DA00 -- 3RG9 002-0DE00 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor floating 3RG9 002-0DB00 Combicon 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor floating 16 inputs Screw-type terminals PNP transistor 3RG9 002-0DC00 3RG9 004-0DC00 Combicon 3RG9 004-0DE00 Accessories Combicon connector set For 4I/4O modules with Combicon connection One set comprises: • 4 x 5-pin connector for connecting • Standard sensors/actuators • 2 x 4-pin connector for AS-Interface and external auxiliary voltage 6 ■ Dimensional drawings 3RX9 810-0AA00 ■ Schematics Terminal assignment N S A 0 0 0 7 4 1 2 3 4 L + L + L - L - U 6 _ E 7 8 IN 1 H I 1 0 + 9 0 A O U T 1 1 1 E 1 2 _ IN 2 1 3 1 4 0 A O U T 2 7 5 S IE M E N S 5 + N S A 0 0 0 7 5 A S -i 9 0 3 7 IN 3 O U T 3 IN 4 O U T 4 _ _ + + A 0 _ E + A 0 _ E + 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 3RG9 002-0D.00 3RG9 004-0D.00 5 1 5 _ 1 6 _ 1 7 1 8 + + 9 1 0 1 1 G 1 I1 .1 I1 .2 I1 .3 6 7 I1 .4 G 2 I2 .1 I2 .2 I2 .3 1 9 2 0 2 3 2 4 G 3 I3 .1 I3 .2 I3 .3 2 1 8 2 2 I3 .4 G 4 2 5 1 2 2 6 1 3 2 7 I4 .1 I4 .2 I4 .3 1 4 I2 .4 2 8 I4 .4 A S -i N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 7 6 3RG9 002-0DE00 3RG9 004-0DE00 6/92 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet Flat module ■ Technical Specifications Flat module Flat module 4 input/4 outputs 200 mA for all I/Os screw-type terminals 3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3 4 input/4 outputs 200 mA for all I/Os screw-type terminals 3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3 Slave type Standard slaves Watchdog Built-in Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 I/O configuration 7 F/F Total current input in mA £ 270 ID/ID2 code Input connection PNP Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Voltage range in V • Load rating for all inputs in mA • Connection of sensors • Switching level High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Short-circuit and overload proof 20 to 30 200 2- and 3-wire system ³ 10 £ 1.5 / ³ 5 Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 AS-Interface certificate Yes Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Displays inputs/outputs • AS-i voltage / FAULT Green LED / red LED Connection Via screw terminal Addressing Via an integrated addressing socket Outputs • Type of output • Current carrying capacity in mA (DC 12 / DC 13) • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External voltage supply DC 24 V Electronics 200 Built-in Built-in Not required (all inputs and outputs are supplied via the AS-Interface cable) ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. Flat module 4 input/4 outputs 200 mA for all I/O screw terminals 3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3 3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3 ■ Dimensional drawings 4 7 ,5 1 6 ,5 n .c . O U T 3 - N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 7 7 a + IN 4 + IN 2 - 7 ,5 7 9 ,8 O U T 1 A S i+ n .c . + O U T 4 IN 3 O U T 2 + IN 1 A S i- In te g ra te d a d d re s s s o c k e t 8 1 ,5 7 2 ,5 1 3 ,5 1 8 ,5 4 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/93 6 AS-Interface Slaves Special integrated solutions AS-Interface communication modules ■ Overview AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board mounting 3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3 AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board mounting 3RG9 005-0SA00 + U N C N C + IN 1 O U 0 IN 2 O U 0 IN 3 O U 0 IN 4 O U 0 + + + IN 1 O U 0 IN 2 O U 0 IN 3 O U 0 IN 4 O U 0 T 1 T 2 T 3 T 4 P R O G A S I A S I+ H ilf T 1 T 2 T 3 T 4 A S IA S I+ N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 7 8 a N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 8 0 a 6 The 4I/4O module for PCB mounting can be used to scan up to four mechanical contacts or to activate up to four LEDs, whereby the power is supplied from the AS-i system (yellow AS-Interface cable). Note: If the switching outputs are overloaded, the module will not respond to master calls. Up to 15 addressing procedures are permitted per module. AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board mounting 3RK1 400-0CD01-0AA3 + U N C + IN 1 O U 0 IN 2 O U 0 IN 3 O U 0 IN 4 O U 0 + H ilf T 1 T 2 T 3 T 4 A S I A S I+ N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 7 9 a The 4I/4O module for PCB mounting can be used to scan up to four mechanical contacts or to activate up to four LEDs, whereby the power is supplied for the inputs and outputs from the auxiliary supply (24 V PELV). If (+) is connected to UAux + and (NC) is connected to UAux -, the outputs will not be short-circuit and overload proof; if UAux is connected to (0), the outputs will be overload and short-circuit proof (maximum summation current 200 mA). If the switching outputs are overloaded, the module will not respond to master calls. 6/94 Siemens IK PI · 2004 The 4I/4O module for PCB mounting can be used to scan up to four mechanical contacts or to activate up to four LEDs, whereby the power is supplied for the inputs and outputs from the auxiliary supply (24 V PELV). If (+) is connected to UAux + and (NC) is connected to UAux -, the outputs will not be short-circuit and overload proof; if UAux is connected to (0), the outputs will be overload and short-circuit proof (maximum summation current 200 mA). If the switching outputs are overloaded, the module will not respond to master calls. AS-Interface Slaves Special integrated solutions AS-Interface communication modules ■ Overview (continued) AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board mounting 3RK1400-1CD00-0AA2 AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board mounting 3RK1200-0CD00-0AA2 Connection Connection pad 1) Connection Connection pad 1) ASi+ 27, 29 ASi+ 27, 29 ASi- 28, 30 ASi- 28, 30 Sensor+ 17, 18, 23, 24 Sensor+ 17, 18, 23, 24 Sensor- 13, 14, 19, 20 Sensor- 13, 14, 19, 20 IN1 21 IN1 21 IN2 22 IN2 22 IN3 15 IN3 15 IN4 16 IN4 16 U Aux + (L24+) 2, 4 Unused U Aux - (M24) 1, 3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 25, 26 OUT1 9 1) Note: For pad numbering, see the Section Dimensional Drawings OUT2 10 OUT3 5 OUT4 6 Via the 4I module for PCB mounting, up to four mechanical switches or 3-wire sensors can be connected, whereby the inputs are supplied from the AS-Interface cable. OUT- 7, 8 Unused 11, 12, 25, 26 1) Note: For pad numbering, see the Section Dimensional Drawings Via the 4I/4O module for PCB mounting, up to four mechanical switches or 3-wire sensors to IEC 947-5-2 can be connected or indicator lamps can be controlled, whereby the short-circuitproof electronic switching outputs are supplied from an auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV). It is mounted easily via a "Card edge board-to-board connector“. This can be ordered for example from the company AMP for vertical and horizontal mounting: • 180° version for vertical mounting (from AMP): Order No. 530843-2 • 90° version for horizontal mounting (from AMP): Order No. 650118-1 If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module will not respond to master calls. It is mounted easily via a "Card edge board-to-board-connector“. This can be ordered, for example, from the company AMP for vertical and horizontal mounting: • 180° version for vertical mounting (from AMP): Order No. 530843-2 • 90° version for horizontal mounting (from AMP): Order No. 650118-1 If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module will not respond to master calls. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/95 6 AS-Interface Slaves Special integrated solutions AS-Interface communication modules ■ Technical specifications 4 inputs / 4 outputs 6 4 inputs Supply of outputs via external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV) Printed-circuit board with gold-plated direct connector for 30-pin male multipoint connector for easy mounting with a direct connector 3RK1 400-1CD003RK1 200-0CD000AA2 0AA2 I/O supply via ASInterface cable (max. 200 mA) I/O supply via external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV) Printed-circuit board with solder pins protected by housing 3RK1 400-0CD000AA3 Printed-circuit board with solder pins protected by housing 3RK1 400-0CD010AA3 Printed-circuit board for horizontal mounting Slave type Standard slaves Standard slaves Standard slaves Standard slaves Standard slaves Operating voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 26.5 to 31.6 26.5 to 31.6 26.5 to 31.6 26.5 to 31.6 Total current input in mA £ 270 £ 25 £ 25 £ 270 £ 270 Input connection PNP PNP PNP PNP PNP Inputs • Sensor supply Via AS-Interface Via UAux Via UAux • Switching voltage V • Switching current in mA 20 to 30 3 20 to 30 3 20 to 30 3 Via AS-Interface cable 20 to 30 – Via AS-Interface cable 20 to 30 – Electronics 20 to 30 Built-in – Electronics 19 to 30 Built-in – Electronics 19 to 30 Built-in – – – – – Via solder pins Via solder pins Via solder pins Electronics U Aux - 0.8 V Built-in Built-in (free-wheeling diode) Via circuit board contacts Summation current for all inputs and outputs in mA 200 200 200 200 200 I/O configuration 7 7 7 7 0 ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F 0/F 0/F Assignment of data bits • Data bit D0 • Data bit D1 • Data bit D2 • Data bit D3 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 IN1/OUT1 IN2/OUT2 IN3/OUT3 IN4/OUT4 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 Approvals UL, CSA, ship building UL, CSA, ship building UL, CSA, ship building – – Degree of protection Enclosure IP20 Connection pins IP00 Enclosure IP20 Connection pins IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Ambient temperature in °C –25 to +70 –25 to +70 –25 to +70 –25 to +70 –25 to +70 Storage temperature in °C –40 to +80 –40 to +80 –40 to +80 –40 to +85 –40 to +85 Display Not available Not available Not available AS-i: green Fault: red I/O: yellow L24+: green AS-i: green Fault: red inputs: yellow LED status displays – – – AS-i On On Flashing On Status O.K. No data traffic Null address Overload (sensor) Outputs • Type of output • Load voltage in V • Short-circuit protection • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) • External 24 V DC supply voltage 6/96 Siemens IK PI · 2004 3RG9 005-0SA00 Fault Off On On Flashing – AS-Interface Slaves Special integrated solutions AS-Interface communication modules ■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Design 4 inputs / 4 outputs • I/O supply via AS-Interface cable (max. 200 mA) Printed-circuit board with solder pins protected by a housing 3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3 • I/O supply via external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV) 3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3 - Printed-circuit board with solder pins protected by a housing 3RK1 400-0CD01-0AA3 - Printed-circuit board with solder pins for horizontal mounting 3RG9 005-0SA00 • Outputs supplied via external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV) Printed-circuit board with gold plated direct connector for 30-pole plug connector for easy installation with direct connector 3RK1 400-1CD00-0AA2 4 inputs Printed-circuit board with gold plated direct connector for 30-pole plug connector for easy installation with direct connector 3RK1 200-0CD00-0AA2 3RG9 005-0SA00 ■ Dimensional drawings 6 Height 9 mm 25.5 9 6 2 ,5 4 7 5 AS-i Fault IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT1 UOT2 OUT3 OUT4 AUX-PWR (Grid 10 x 6 mm) N S A 0 0 0 8 1 Light emitted on top 54 75 71 60 6 3 8 4 0 2 0 1 2 ,1 40 NSA0_00343 Connector (gold-plated) for edge-socket connector e.g. from AMP 1-0100317-5 (30-pole) 3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3 3RK1 400-0CD01-0AA3 3RK1 400-1CD00-0AA2 3RK1 200-0CD00-0AA2 Pad numbering rear side: 29, 27, 25, to , 5, 3, 1 Pad numbering rear side: 30, 28, 26, to , 6, 4, 2 2 0 ,6 7 3 2 ,5 4 N S A 0 0 0 8 3 3 7 ,8 3 ,9 2 ,3 6 9 ,3 3RG9 005-0SA00 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/97 AS-Interface Slaves Modules with special functions Counter modules ■ Overview This module is used to transfer hexadecimal coded counter values (LSB=D0, MSB=D3) to a higher-level controller. Each valid count pulse on terminal 8 causes the counter value to be incremented. The module counts from 0 up to 15 and then starts again at 0. The control system then loads the current value and determines the number of pulses between two host calls by generating the difference. The total number of counter pulses is determined by summation of these differences. A S i+ A S i- A S i A D D R To ensure that valid values are transferred, no more than 15 count values must be applied to terminal 8 between two host or ASI master calls. The maximum permissible transfer frequency is calculated as follows from these times: 6 U IN 1 N S A 0 0 0 8 4 ³ 1 m s ³ 3 0 0 s t In the event of non-compliance with the time criterion shown in the adjacent diagram, the counter value is rejected. The counter is only active for the reset parameter P2 (default). By setting P2, the counter is erased, but incoming pulses are only registered when P2 has been reset. Note: A customer-specific function block is required or must be programmed. 6/98 Siemens IK PI · 2004 + IN 1 Typical connections - N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 8 5 Tmax: Maximum possible transfer time from slave to host. fFCmax = 1 / 1.3 ms = 769 Hz for the counter module (see diagram nsa00084). B u s c o n n e c tio n A S i+ B u s c o n n e c tio n A S iu n u s e d T e r m in a l 7 : T e r m in a l 8 : T e r m in a l 9 : S e n s o r s u p p ly + C o u n te r in p u t S e n s o r s u p p ly - IN 1 fTmax = 15 / Tmax Another restriction on the maximum frequency is the required pulse shape. To ensure that the counter loads a pulse as valid, a low value must be applied to the input for at least 300 µs, while a high value must be applied for at least 1 ms. This results in a maximum frequency for the counter module independent of the controller of T e r m in a l 4 : T e r m in a l 5 : T e r m in a l 6 : AS-Interface Slaves Modules with special functions Counter modules ■ Technical specifications Counter modules With screw-type terminal connection 3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2 Slave type Standard slaves Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 Total current input in mA £ 170 Input • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Assignment • Voltage range in V • Current carrying capacity in mA • Switching level Low/High in V • Input current Low/High in mA Short-circuit and overload proof Terminal 7 = + Terminal 9 = Terminal 8 = IN1 20 to 30 90 £ 5 / ³ 10 £ 2 / ³ 10 I/O configuration 0 ID code F AS-Interface certificate Yes Approvals UL, CSA, ship building Degree of protection IP20 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Displays • AS-i Connection Conductor cross-sections in mm2 • Solid • Finely standed with end sleeve • Finely stranded without end sleeves • AWG conductors, solid or stranded With Cage Clamp terminal connection 3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2 6 Green LED on + red LED off = status O.K. Green LED off + red LED on = no data traffic Green LED flashing + red LED on = null address Green LED off + red LED flashing = overload (sensor) Screw terminals Cage Clamp terminals ---- 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) 2 ´ (0.25–1) 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) -- AWG 2 ´ (24–16) ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. Counter module • with screw terminals 3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2 • with Cage Clamp terminals 3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2 3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2 3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/99 AS-Interface Slaves Modules with special functions Earth fault detection modules ■ Overview ■ Function "... Earth faults in control circuits should neither lead to unintentional start-up nor to dangerous motion of a machine and they must not hinder shutdown of the machine (EN 60204, Part 1 or DIN VDE 0113)". The earth fault is detected by the module, indicated via a LED and signaled via two signaling outputs (1 = no earth fault /OK; 2 = earth fault/fault. The earth fault alarm is stored in the module. The module can only be reset after the earth fault has been rectified by switching off the AS-Interface voltage via a reset button or via a high signal on the floating remote-reset input. The reset button can also be used for checking correct functioning of the module. External auxiliary voltages are not monitored for earth faults by this module. The AS-Interface earth-fault detection module has been developed to ensure that these requirements can be met more easily in the future. This module from the SlimLine Series allows earth faults in AS-Interface installations to be reliably detected and reported. Note: The earth fault detection module is a passive module without an IC. Therefore it does not require an individual address in the AS-Interface network. The following earth faults are detected: • Earth fault in AS-i "+" • Earth fault in AS-i "-" • Earth fault in sensors and actuators that are supplied from the AS-Interface voltage In each case, only one module is necessary for each AS-Interface network. A S - iT A S - i+ R - R E S - 1 /A S -i - 6 1 / A S -i - 4 /A S - i+ 4 / A S -i + 3 /T R -R E S 3 /R P E R E S 6 /- + + O u tp u t R R E S O u tp u t R R E S - - P L C 7 /L 2 4 + O .K . F A U L T 9 /F A U L T 1 2 /M 2 4 O .K . F A U L T M 2 4 M 2 4 + Typical connections 6/100 Siemens IK PI · 2004 M 2 4 In p O .K In p F A t L T P L C tio n o n n e c tio n tio n fo r s y s te m e tio n fo r s y s te m e o n n e c tio n r e s e t in p u t ( R - R re s e t g ro u n d ( l v o lta g e s u p p ly g o u tp u t O .K . g o u tp u t F A U L T l v o lta g e s u p p ly e c o n n e c tio n fo r e c o n n e c tio n fo r E S ) ) fo r s ig n a lin g o u tp u ts L 2 4 + ( fo s s e a r th fa u lt r s ig n a lin g ig n a lin g o u ig n a lin g o u s ig n a lin g o u tp u ts tp u t M 2 tp u t M 2 ) M 4 4 2 4 O u tp u t A S - i fa u lt + 5 k 6 P E U L T P L C a rth a r th ( fo r te s t fu n c tio n ) - 5 k 6 O u tp u t A S - i fa u lt u t . u t - 1 0 /M 2 4 D e s ig n a A S -i c C o n n e c C o n n e c A s -i + c R e m o te R e m o te E x te rn a S ig n a lin S ig n a lin E x te rn a N e g a tiv N e g a tiv t . P L C 2 4 V 1 1 /M 2 4 T e r m in a l 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 In p u O .K In p u F A U 8 /O K L 2 4 + A u to m a tic te s t A lte r n a tiv e ly 2 / N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 9 0 a A S -i T E S T / R E S E T AS-Interface Slaves Modules with special functions Earth fault detection modules ■ Technical specifications Earth fault detection module With screw-type terminal connection 3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2 With Cage Clamp terminal connection 3RK1 408-8KG00-0AA2 Total current input in mA £ 40 Polarity reversal protection Built-in Earth fault 10% UAS-i £ UGND £ 90% UAS-i Low signal range • I IN in mA £ 1.5 High signal range • U IN in V • I IN in mA ³ 10 ³6 Current carrying capacity 1) • DC 12 in A • DC 13 in A • DC 13 in mA 1 (max. 2 per module) 500 (24 V)2) 200 (48 V)2) Operating cycles DC 12 2 ´ 106 Rated operating voltage range in V 24 to 48 DC Degree of protection IP20 Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm 102 ´ 22.5 ´ 92 Rated temperature in °C 25 Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Addressing The module does not require an individual AS-Interface address Connection Screw-type terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection ---- 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) 2 ´ (0.25–1) 2 ´ (0.25–1.5) -- AWG 2 ´ (24–16) Conductor cross-sections in mm2 • Solid • Finely stranded with end sleeve • Finely stranded without end sleeves • AWG conductors, solid or stranded Note 6 If repeaters are used, each AS-Interface segment needs its own earth fault detection module (number of AS-Interface power supply units = number of earth fault detection modules) 1) UAux should be protected with a slow-action 2 A fuse. 2) For increasing the relay endurance with inductive loads, a protective circuit with free-wheeling diodes is recommended. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/101 AS-Interface Slaves Modules with special functions Earth fault detection modules ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. Earth fault detection module • with screw terminals 3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2 • with Cage Clamp terminals 3RK1 408-8KG00-0AA2 3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2 ■ Dimensional drawings 3 6 65 36 5 C AA CB 68 92 8 6 86 102 7 4 7 6 8 1 1 0 x 1 5 1 2 0 4 5 2 2 ,5 45 4 7 6 NSB0_01412 N S B 0 _ 0 1 4 1 3 Standard terminal Spring-type terminal Screw-type terminal 6/102 A 84.3 81 C 107.6 104 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Removeable terminal A 84 83 C 108 106 AS-Interface Slaves Modules with special functions Overvoltage protection module ■ Overview The AS-Interface overvoltage protection module protects downstream AS-Interface devices or individual sections of the installation in AS-Interface networks from conducted overvoltage caused by switching procedures and distant lightning strikes. Nominal discharge current isn The nominal discharge current is the peak value of a peak current with an 8/20 microsecond waveform for which the overvoltage protection module is rated in accordance with a specific test program. The installation site of the overvoltage protection module represents the transition from Zone 1 to 2/3 within the lightning protection zone concept. Direct lightning strikes must be overcome by means of additional protective measures at the transitions from lightning protection Zone 0A to 1. With the 8/20 waveform, 100% of the value is reached after 8 microseconds and 50% of the value is reached after 20 microseconds. Protection level Up The AS-Interface overvoltage protection module enables the ASInterface to be integrated into the overall overvoltage protection concept of a plant or machine. The protection level of an overvoltage protection module is the highest instantaneous voltage value at the terminals which is determined from individual tests. The module has the same design, connection and degree of protection (IP67) as the previous AS-Interface application modules. It is a passive module without an AS-i IC and therefore does not require its own address on the AS-Interface network. The protection level characterizes the capability of an overvoltage protection module to limit overvoltages to a residual level Accessories It is connected to an AS-Interface system via the FK-E or PG-E coupling module. The EEMS interface can be used to protect the AS-Interface cable and the auxiliary voltage cable against overvoltage. An FK-E or PG-E coupling module is required to connect the AS-Interface cable and the auxiliary voltage supply cable. Overvoltages are diverted via a ground cable with a yellow/green oil-proof outer casing. This cable is permanently integrated into the module and must be connected to system earth with a low resistance connection. 6 Installation guidelines ASInterface OVP NSA0_00093 ASInterface Application Application ® Device without earth connection Earthing of the mounting plate Mounting plate Device with earth connection OVP = Overvoltage protection Earthing of the protective modules and of the devices to be protected must be carried out via a common grounding point (equipotential bonding). If devices with total insulation are to be protected, their mounting brackets must also be connected into the grounding points. Application example Z o n e 1 O V P A Z o n e 1 Z o n e 2 A S In te rfa c e A S In te rfa c e A S In te rfa c e A S In te rfa c e O V P B p ro te c te d ra n g e P r o te c tio n a p p r o x . 0 .5 m to th e le ft P r o te c tio n a p p r o x . 5 m E q u ip o te n tia l b o n d in g (s y s te m e a rth ) to th e r ig h t N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 9 2 O V P = O v e r v o lta g e p r o te c tio n Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/103 AS-Interface Slaves Modules with special functions Overvoltage protection module ■ Technical specifications Overvoltage protection module 3RK1 901-1GA00 Overvoltage protection • Rated discharge current ,sn for curve form 8/20 - Core to PE in kA - Core to core in kA • Protective level Up at ,sn - Core to PE in kV - Core to core in V • Protective level Up at 1 kV / µs - Core to PE in V - Core to core in V Mechanical data • degree of protection (with coupling module) • Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm for AUX power 10 0.5 10 0.5 £ 1.8 £ 100 £ 1.8 £ 70 £ 700 £ 50 £ 600 £ 40 IP67 80 ´ 45 ´ 25 Temperature range • Ambient temperature in °C • Storage temperature in °C ■ for AS-i -25 to +85 -40 to +85 Selection and Ordering data 6 Design Order No. Overvoltage protection module 3RK1 901-1GA00 3RK1 901-1GA00 4 5 6/104 Siemens IK PI · 2004 2 5 N S A 0 0 0 8 7 8 0 ■ Dimensional drawings AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC) ■ Overview EDS/ERS compact starters (electronic) The electronic compact starters EDS (direct starter) and ERS (reversing starter) consist of an electronic overload relay and an electronic circuit-breaker unit. The advantages of these electronic compact starters are the broad limits within which the overload protection can be adjusted (the power range up to 2.2 kW at 400/500 V AC is covered with just 2 versions), the fact that the electronic contact elements in the power section are non-wearing, current detection (used for monitoring the energy connector), emergency operation in the event of an overload as well as remote resetting via the ASInterface after overload tripping. The ERS compact starter is designed for direct on-line starting in reversing mode. The electronic overload protection and the shutdown response in the event of overload can be adjusted directly at the device. Version with brake contact The AS-Interface compact starter is a load feeder with degree of protection IP65, which is fully prewired inside, for switching and protecting any three-phase loads up to 5.5 kW at 400/500 V AC (electromechanical compact starter) or up to 2.2 kW (electronic compact starter) mostly 3-phase standard motors in direct-online and reversing operation. It consists either of an electromechanical controlgear combination or an electronic overload relay and circuit-breaker unit. The overload or short-circuit protection is located below a sealable, transparent cover and is therefore available for diagnosis. Two LEDs are provided to the left of the cover for diagnostic purposes for the AS-Interface and the auxiliary power. Live parts cannot be touched even when the cover is open. The control elements are activated via the integrated outputs. The status of the device is scanned via the inputs, e.g. checkbacks from the auxiliary contacts of the circuit-breaker and contactor(s). A further input is used to detect the operating state of the optional hand-held terminal. The three power connectors are used to feed and loop through to the load supply voltage (power bus) and to connect to the load itself. Prefabricated power supply lines can be used to connect compact starters which are directly adjacent to each other. The maximum number of starters that can be supplied via a power supply cable is limited by the maximum permissible total current (up to max. 4 mm2 ~ 35 A), see Technical specifications. DS/RS compact starters (electromechanical) The electromechanical compact starters consist of a conventional switchgear combination with a SIRIUS circuit-breaker for protection against short-circuits and overloading and SIRIUS contactor(s) for normal switching. The advantages of the electromechanical starters are the reliable isolation during disconnection and tripping, the integrated fuseless protection against short-circuits and the favourable price. What is more, direct currents can also be switched with the electromechanical starters. Planning information: In the case of temperature-critical applications, we recommend operation in the lower setting range of the circuit-breaker. All compact starters are available optionally with a separately activated brake contact for electrically operated motor brakes. For externally fed motor brakes, 24 V DC is supplied jointly with the load voltage via the power connector on -X1. It is looped through via -X3 for supplying the next compact starter on -X1. The 24 V DC supply for the brakes is only bridged in those devices equipped with a brake contact. At the project planning stage, it is important to ensure that these starters are located alongside each other. All compact starters with a brake contact for 500 V DC can be equipped with a 400 V AC brake contact. Hand-held terminal The hand-held terminal enables the compact starter to be operated locally and autonomously, providing that the auxiliary voltage supply is connected. Thus, assuming that the automation level is functioning correctly, local switching operations can be carried out in addition to normal manual operations in the event of a programmable controller / bus system failure (emergency mode) or during test runs before commissioning, e.g. for testing the direction of rotation of the motor. The hand-held terminal can be connected to the compact starter by means of a connecting cable via a socket underneath the transparent cover. Spare inputs The compact starters are also equipped with two spare inputs. The M12 socket is a "Y" connector. The signal inputs are applied to PIN 2 and 4. In this manner, it is possible for example to connect an optical proximity switch that supplies a signal and the “fouling” alarm. A "T" adapter can be used to split the signal inputs onto two M12 sockets. Compact starters modified in this way offer additional advantages. At no extra cost, it is possible to save AS-i addresses, reduce the space requirement and to build up logical groupings. ■ Design Wiring and assembly All the connections are either of the plug-in type or use the easyinstallation insulation-piercing method. The shaped cables for the 24 V auxiliary power supply which is used to control the contactors as well as the AS-Interface data cable must simply be inserted in the mounting plate. The compact starter is then cradled in the mounting plate and screwed tight. The compact starter and the mounting plate must be ordered separately. The power for the main circuit is fed in via a power connector to be ordered separately (see Accessories under Selection and Ordering data). Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/105 6 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC) ■ Design (continued) The load itself and any other compact starters are supplied using the same connection technique. All the supply and data cables can thus be laid through the system like a bus. Whereas the controlgear is switched via the outputs by the 24 V auxiliary power supply, the inputs are supplied by the AS-Interface data cable. This principle of separate auxiliary power supplies facilitates selective emergency stop concepts. Addressing The addressing of the AS-Interface compact starter can still be used even if it is fully wired, because the module is disconnected from the AS-Interface network as soon as the addressing connector is inserted. ■ Function Display characteristics Under normal operation, the LEDs on the compact starters indicate the following device states: LED Status description States AS-Interface On On Flash- Flash- Off ing ing AUX PWR On Off On STATE ) 1 NSA0_00322 Control signal applied No auxiliary power Auxiliary power on No power for slave electronics Station address 0 AS-Interface communication absent AS-Interface communication o.k. 6 LED States READY On RUN On Nor- Fast mal flashflash- ing ing NSA0_00323 OVERLOAD Siemens IK PI · 2004 Off On Slow On flashing On On FAULT 6/106 Status description Main circuit on Rotary coding switch in position Tripping REMOTE: Continued operation when programmed in the user program Main circuit off Rotary coding switch in position Tripping LOCAL: Direct shut-off Rotary coding switch in position Tripping REMOTE: Remote shut-off when programmed in the user program Main circuit off (test finished) Main circuit off (test running) Main circuit on Main circuit off, e.g. through Failure of two phases Drawn motor connector Supply voltage drop (< 18 V) Simultaneous control of clockwise and anti-clockwise rotation Main circuit on with conduction > _ 20% n Unit ready to operate AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC) ■ Function (continued) Diagnosis of the electronic compact starter with the user programme The input and output signals of the DS2E and RS2E electronic compact starters can be evaluated in the user programme. Output DO2 is only controlled in those variants with a brake contact. The I/O assignment corresponds to the AS-Interface motor starter profile 7D. Note: The brake contact is controlled via the bus separately from the main circuit. This makes it possible to switch the motor and brake independently. In the user programme, it must be ensured that dangerous plant states cannot occur, e.g. unintentional freewheeling or blocking of the motor. This also applies to local shutdown, e.g. in response to an overload tripping operation. Input signal DI0 can be used to check the status of the device. Inputs Input signals DI0 DI1 DI2 “Ready” “Running” Device status Meaning 0 Device not ready / error Manual mode Device has neen switched to manual mode locally (switch back to automatic mode using hand-held unit). Overload/short-circuit tripping The circuit-breaker recloses once a cooling-off period has elapsed. FAULT signal • Defective coil. • Contact welded. • Output driver defective (contactor must be tested). • Simultaneous activation of clockwise and counterclockwise rotation (user programme must be checked). 1 Device is ready / automatic mode – 0 Contactor OFF – 1 Contactor ON – No input signal IN1 – Input signal IN1 – No input signal IN2 – Input signal IN2 – “Special information 1” 0 1 DI3 “Special information 2” 0 1 6 Outputs Output signals DO0 DO0 DO2 DO3 “Run forward” “Run reserve” “Special command 1” “Special command 2” Device status Meaning 0 Clockwise rotation OFF – 1 Clockwise rotation ON – 0 Counterclockwise rotation OFF – 1 Counterclockwise rotation ON – 0 Open brake contact – 1 Close brake contact – 0 – – 1 – – Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/107 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC) ■ Function (continued) Note: The brake contact is controlled via the bus separately from the main circuit. This makes it possible to switch the motor and brake independently. In the user programme, it must be ensured that dangerous plant states cannot occur, e.g. unintentional freewheeling or blocking of the motor. This also applies to local shutdown, e.g. in response to an overload tripping operation. Input signal DI0 can be used to check the status of the device. Diagnosis of the electronic compact starter by means of the user programme The input and output signals of the EDS2E and ERS2E electromechanical compact starters can be evaluated in the user programme. Output DO2 is only controlled in those variants with a brake contact. The I/O assignment corresponds to the AS-Interface motor starter profile 7E. Inputs Input signals DI0 „Ready“ Device status Meaning 0 Device not ready / error Manual mode Device has been switched to manual mode locally (switch back to automatic mode using hand-held unit). Tripped signal Rotary coding switch in position • Tripping LOCAL: Direct shut-off • Tripping REMOTE: Remote shut-off or continued operation when programmed in the user programme FAULT signal • No current flowing - Failure of two phases - Drawn motor connector - Supply voltage drop (< 18 V) - Current imbalance limit exceeded - Fault in main circuit of the device • Hardware fault (Reset after rectification) 1 Device is ready / automatic mode – 0 No current flowing – 1 Current is flowing – No input signal IN1 – Input signal IN1 – No input signal IN2 – Input signal IN2 – 6 DI1 „Running“ DI2 „Special information 1“ 0 DI3 „Special information 2“ 0 1 1 Outputs Output signals Device status Meaning DO0 “Run forward” 0 Clockwise rotation OFF – 1 Clockwise rotation ON – DO1 “Run reserve” 0 Counterclockwise rotation OFF – 1 Counterclockwise rotation ON – 0 Open brake contact – 1 Close brake contact – 0 Remote Reset OFF – 1 Remote Reset ON – DO2 DO3 6/108 “Special command 1” “Special command 2” Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC) ■ Technical specifications DS/RS EDS/ERS IP65 (with covered connecting elements and cover flap) Material Thermoplastic (glass-fibre reinforced) Color Anthracite RAL 7016 Cover flap Latching, sealable Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 120 ´ 265 ´ 134 Temperature range • Operating temperature in °C -25 to +55 (derating must be observed: See manual) • Storage temperature in °C -40 to +70 Permissible service position 9 0 ° 9 0 ° 2 2 ,5 ° 2 2 ,5 ° N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 0 4 Degree of protection Please note: According to DIN 43 602 start-up command ”I“ to the right or top Shock resistance Rectangular pulse (g/ms) 2/unlimited, 10/5 or 5/10 Sine pulse (g/ms) 2/unlimited, 8/10 or 15/5 External voltage supply For output supply (contactor activation) Rated operational voltage Ue in V DC 24 (PELV; must be earthed) For electronics and inputs (acknowledgements of switchgear status) via AS-Interface data cable in V DC 26.5 to 31.6 (in compliance with AS-Interface specification) I/O configuration (hex) 7 ID code (hex) D Power consumption of AS-Interface in mA Max. 100 Current input UAux in mA Approx. 100 Watchdog (shutdown of outputs in case of AS-Interface fault) Built-in 6 E Diagnostics Via AS-Interface Checkback signal from circuit-breaker and contactor(s) via positively-driven auxiliary contacts and separate inputs Via LED at the housing Auxiliary voltage applied AS-Interface communication OK AS-Interface communication faulty Station address = 0 (module not addressed) Via LED at the hand-held terminal ON or clockwise rotation or anti-clockwise rotation Main circuit Rated operational voltage 500 V AC to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101, AC 600 V to CSA and UL Safety separation between main and auxiliary circuit (to DIN VDE 0106, Part 101) up to 400 V - Rated output 5.5 kW 2.2 kW Permissible operating duties Uninterrupted duty, temporary duty, periodic duty, intermittent periodic duty (50 % rel. ON-time at 80 operations/h at 5.5 kW) Permissible operating frequency for a starting £ 80 1/h time tA = 0.1 s and a rel. ON period tEP = 50 % Trip class Class 10 Conductor cross-section for power connector incoming supply/ feeder/ looping through 9pole £ 4 mm2, AWG 15-11 £ 600 1/h Max. perm. current via power connector (dependent on cable cross-section) • Tu = 60 °C 30 A (4 mm2), AWG (11); 20 A (2.5 mm2)), AWG (15); 12 A (1.5 mm2), AWG (13) • Tu = 40 °C 35 A (4 mm2), AWG (11); 25 A (2.5 mm2), AWG (15); 15 A (1.5 mm2), AWG (13) Short-circuit strength of starter combination in kA 50 (to type of co-ordination "1") Electrical endurance of the circuit-breaker component for a load Ia (AC-3) See service-life characteristics for 3RT10 contac- ³ 10 million operating cycles tors 100 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/109 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC) ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. EDS compact starter Electronic direct on-line starter with two spare digital inputs 3RK1 322- @@ S12-0AA @ ERS compact starter Electronic reversing starter with two spare digital inputs 3RK1 322- @@ S12-1AA @ Setting range of the overcurrent release kW A 0.18 to 0.8 0.6 to 2.18 0A 0.75 to 2.2 2.0 to 5.95 0B N S A 0 0 0 9 8 Three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC standard output P 6 DS compact starter Electromechanical direct on-line starter with two spare digital inputs 3RK1 322- @@ S02-0AA @ RS compact starter Electromechanical reversing starter with two spare digital inputs 3RK1 322- @@ S02-1AA @ Three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC standard output P Setting range of the overcurrent release kW A < 0.06 0.14 to 0.20 0B 0.06 0.18 to 0.25 0C 0.09 0.22 to 0.32 0D 0.10 0.28 to 0.40 0E 0.12 0.35 to 0.50 0F 0.18 0.45 to 0.63 0G 0.21 0.55 to 0.80 0H 0.25 0.70 to 1.0 0J 0.37 0.9 to 1.25 0K 0.55 1.1 to 1.6 1A 0.75 1.4 to. 2.0 1B 0.90 1.8 to 2.5 1C 1.1 2.2 to 3.2 1D 1.5 2.8 to 4.0 1E 1.9 3.5 to 5.0 1F 2.2 4.5 to 6.3 1G 3.0 5.5 to 8.0 1H 4.0 7.0 to 10 1J 5.5 9.0 to 12 1K Additional price 6/110 Standard version 0 Version with 24 V DC / 3 A brake contactfor externally-fed brakes 1 Version with brake contact for 400 V AC/0.5 A infeed for brake rectifier 3 Version with brake contact for DC-side switching of the bakes with 500 V DC/0.2 A 4 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC) ■ Selection and Ordering data (continued) Design Order No. Accessories for 24 V DC, M 12 connectors 6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0 M12 coupler plug For connecting actuators or sensors 5-pole 3RX1 667 M12 angular coupler plug For connecting actuators or sensors 5-pole 3RX1 668 Y-shaped coupler plug, M12 For connecting two sebsors by means of individual cables 5-pole 6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0 M12 sealing cap For sealing unused input and output sockets (one packing contains ten sealing caps) 3RX9 802-0AA00 Accessories for AS-Interface compact starter (Han Q 8/0) Connector set for power infeed, 9-pole Comprising 1 connector housing with Pg 16 cable gland Female insert, 9-pole Female contacts 3RK1 902-0CA00 • Suitable for cable 4 ´ 2.5 mm2, 6 ´ 2.5 mm2 3RK1 902-0CA00 • Suitable for cable 4 ´ 4 3RK1 902-0CB00 mm2, 6´4 mm2 Connector set for power loop-through connection, 9-pole Comprising 1 connector housing with Pg 16 cable gland 1 male insert, 9-pole 6 male contacts 3RK1 902-0CC00 3RK1 902-0AH00 6 • Suitable for cable 4 ´ 2.5 mm2, 6 ´ 2.5 mm2 3RK1 902-0CC00 • Suitable for cable 4 ´ 4 mm2, 6 ´ 4 mm2 3RK1 902-0CD00 Connector set for motor connection, 1.5 mm2, 9-pole Comprising 1 connector housing with Pg 16 cable gland 1 male insert, 9-pole 8 male contacts 1.5 mm2 3RK1 902-0CE00 Blank plug for 9-pole power socket (-X3) • One set contains one unit 3RK1 902-0CK00 • One set contains ten units 3RK1 902-0CJ00 Power connection cable 9-pole • 6 ´ 4 mm2, 0.12 m long 3RK1 902-0CH00 • 4 ´ 4 mm2, 0.12 m long 3RK1 902-0CG00 Motor connection cable, 4 x 1.5 mm2 With power connector, 9-pole • Length: 3 m 3RK1 902-0CM00 • Length: 5 m 3RK1 902-0CP00 • Length: 10 m Motor connection cable, 6 x 1.5 With power connector, 9-pole 3RK1 902-0CQ00 mm2 • Length: 3 m 3RK1 902-0CN00 • Length: 5 m 3RK1 902-0CR00 • Length: 10 m 3RK1 902-0CS00 Crimping tool • For male and female contacts 1.5 to 2.5 mm2 • For male and female contacts 1.5 to 4 mm2 Disassembling tool for disassembling male and female contacts in 9-pole inserts 3RK1 902-0AH00 3RK1 902-0CT00 3RK1 902-0AJ00 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/111 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC) ■ Selection and Ordering data (continued) Design Order No. Miscellaneous accessories Manual for AS-Interface compact starters 3RK1 902-0AP00 • German, English 3RK1 702-2GB10-2AA0 • French, Italian 3RK1 702-2HB10-2AA0 Mounting plate for compact starters To receive the shaped cable for AS-Interface and auxiliary power 3RK1 902-0AP00 Seal set for mounting plate For sealing the housing at the end of a spur line (1 set = 5 straight seals, 5 shaped seals) 3RK1 902-0AR00 Hand-held terminal for start-up with 0.5 m connecting cable and plug 3RK1 902-0AM00 3RK1 902-0AM00 ■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics Connector pin assignment digital inputs (Y assignment) P in P in P in P in P in 1 9 7 2 7 0 2 6 5 9 6 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : S u S ig S u S ig P E p p n a p p n a ly L l in ly L l in + p u t p u t N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 0 0 2 5 1 2 6 1 9 0 9 X 1 : P o w e r in fe e d ( p lu g o f th e s ta r te r ) 3RK1 322-..S.-.AA. 6 3 2 7 3 4 8 L 1 L 1 5 1 2 1 2 5 3 L 3 4 L 3 L 1 8 7 6 4 0 ,5 6 8 7 5 4 L 3 L 2 L 2 L 2 1 X 3 : P o w e r lo o p -th r o u g h c o n n e c tio n (s o c k e t o f th e s ta rte r) X 2 : L o a d fe e d e r (s o c k e t o f th e s ta rte r) N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 4 9 5 4 1 2 0 N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 0 1 b 2 5 Connector pin assignment power connector 3 4 4 ,8 2 1 4 2 6 5 1 0 7 Æ 3 3 3 9 Æ 5 1 2 0 3RK1 902-0AP00 6/112 Siemens IK PI · 2004 N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 0 2 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : 6 : 7 : 8 : n te n o t a s s P h a s e s p a re G N D fo + D C 2 P h a s e n o t a s s P h a s e r: P E ig n e d L 2 r b r a k e 1 ) o p tio n a l 4 V fo r b r a k e 1 ) o p tio n a l L 1 ig n e d L 3 -X 3 -X 2 -X 1 P in P in P in P in P in P in P in P in C e P in P in P in P in P in P in P in P in C e 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : 6 : 7 : 8 : n te P h n o P h B r B r n o P h n o r: P E a s e t a s a s e a k e a k e t a s a s e t a s L 1 s ig L 3 o u in p s ig L 2 s ig n e d tp u t u t n e d n e d P in P in P in P in P in P in P in P in C e 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : 6 : 7 : 8 : n te n o t a s s ig n P h a s e L 2 s p a re + D C 2 4 V G N D fo r b P h a s e L 3 n o t a s s ig n P in 1 : P h a r: P E 1 ) O n ly fo r A S - In te r fa c e c o m p a c t s ta r te r s w ith D C 2 4 V b r a k e c o n ta c t ( 3 R K 1 3 2 2 - ..S ..- .A A 1 ) . e d fo r b ra k e ra k e 1) e d s e L 1 1 ) AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface motor starters IP67 (24 V DC) ■ Overview DC motors are connected to the module via M12 plug-in connectors. The sensors and the module electronics can be supplied from the yellow AS-Interface cable. An auxiliary voltage (DC 24 V) is only required for supplying the outputs, which can be provided via the black AS-Interface cable. Quick stop function All AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starters feature a quick-stop function which can be switched on and off as required via a switch integrated into the module. The quick-stop function allows a connected motor to be shut down immediately via an applied sensor signal (high). The switch for the quick-stop function is located alongside the input sockets and is protected by an M12 covering cap. Brake The double direct starter and reversing starter versions feature an integrated permanently set brake function. As soon as the output signal is set to "0", the motor is braked. Connection of a drive roller with integrated DC motor to an AS-Interface DC 24 V motor starter Start-up via integrated buttons Buttons integrated into the module (below the output sockets) can be used to set the motor used. The buttons are protected by an M12 covering cap. With the K60 AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starters for the low-end performance range up to 70 W, it is now possible to connect 24 V DC motors and the associated sensors directly to the ASInterface quickly and easily. Note concerning double and reversing starters: If an input with the Quick stop function receives a "High" signal, the corresponding output (e.g. Quick stop input 1 ® output 1) is switched off within the device (the motor is braked). The manual key function (Key 1/2) for local operation is only permitted to be used during "CPU Stop" in the higher-level PLC. Three different versions are available: • Single direct on-line starter (without brake and reversible quick-stop function) • Double direct on-line starter (with brake and reversible quickstop function) • Reversing starter (with brake and reversible quick-stop function) Note for single direct on-line starters: If an input with the Quick stop function receives a "High" signal, the corresponding output (e.g. Quick stop input 1 ® output 1) is switched off within the device (the motor coasts down without braking). The manual key function (Key 1) for local operation is only permitted to be used during "CPU Stop" in the higher-level PLC. S in g le d ir e c t s ta r te r w ith o u t b r a k e ( w ith a d ju s ta b le q u ic k - s to p fu n c tio n ) D o u b le d ir e c t s ta r te r w ith b r a k e ( w ith a d ju s ta b le q u ic k - s to p fu n c tio n ) S in g le r e v e r s in g s ta r te r w ith b r a k e ( w ith a d ju s ta b le q u ic k - s to p fu n c tio n ) 1 s t p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f fo u r s e n s o r s w ith o u t p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n 1 s t p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f fo u r s e n s o r s w ith o u t p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n 1 s t p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f fo u r s e n s o r s w ith o u t p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n S e S e S e S e 4 2 In p u t 1 o ff o n n s n s n s n s o r o r o r o r s ig s ig s ig s ig n a n a n a n a S e n s o r 1 l l Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t o n /o ff 4 In p u t 2 2 B ra k e ( w ith c o a s tin g ) O u tp u t B u tto n (m a n u a l o p e r a t io n ) S e n s o r 2 S e n s o r 3 S e n s o r 4 M o to r 4 2 In p u t 1 4 In p u t 2 o ff o n s o t io s o t io r s n r s n ig n s ig ig n s ig a l n a l a l n a l Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t o n /o ff B ra k e ( w ith c o a s tin g ) B u tto n (m a n u a l o p e r a t io n ) A d d re s s 2 4 o ff o n In p u t 2 O u tp u t 1 s ig s ig s ig s ig n a n a n a n a S e n s o r 1 l l S e n s o r 2 Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t 2 o n /o ff S h o r t- c ir c u it b r a k e O u tp u t 2 S P o S P o In p u t 1 4 2 In p u t 2 2 P lu g b r a k e O u tp u t 1 B u tto n 1 (m a n u a l o p e r a tio n ) o ff o n o ff o n e n llu e n llu s o t io s o t io r s ig n s ig r s ig n s ig n a n a n a n a S e S e S e S e l l 4 S e n s o r 3 In p u t 1 S e n s o r 4 In p u t 2 2 4 o ff o n M o to r 2 M o to r 1 In p u t 1 4 2 4 Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t 2 o n /o ff In p u t 2 O u tp u t 2 O u tp u t B u tto n 2 ( m a n u a l o p e r a tio n ) o ff o n o ff o n 2 M o to r 1 n a n a n a n a l l l S e n s o r 1 l S e n s o r 2 S e n s o r 3 S e n s o r 4 Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff S P o S P o l M o to r 2 s ig s ig s ig s ig tto n a n u c lo d re M o to r C lo c k w is e r o ta tio n C o u n te r - c lo c k w is e r o ta tio n 2 a l o p e r a tio n c k w is e r o ta tio n ) s s 2 n d p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f tw o s e n s o r s w ith p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n S e n s o r 1 S e n s o r 2 o r o r o r o r Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff B u (m fo r A d l l n s n s n s n s P lu g b r a k e O u tp u t B u tto n 1 (m a n u a l o p e r a tio n fo r c lo c k w is e r o ta tio n ) l Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff A d d re s s o ff o n 2 A d d re s s 4 M o to r o r o r o r o r B u tto n 2 ( m a n u a l o p e r a tio n ) S e n s o r 1 S e n s o r 2 n s n s n s n s 2 n d p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f tw o s e n s o r s w ith p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n 2 O u tp u t 4 B u tto n 1 (m a n u a l o p e r a tio n ) 2 n d p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f tw o s e n s o r s w ith p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n e n llu e n llu In p u t 1 o ff o n 2 A d d re s s S P o S P o S e S e S e S e l l B u tto n 1 (m a n u a l o p e r a tio n fo r c lo c k w is e r o ta tio n ) e n llu e n llu s o tio s o tio r s ig n s ig r s ig n s ig n a n a n a n a l l l S e n s o r 1 l Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff S e n s o r 2 Q u ic k - s to p fo r o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff P lu g b r a k e M o to r C lo c k w is e r o ta tio n C o u n te r - c lo c k w is e B u tto n 2 ( m a n u a l o p e r a t io n r o ta tio n fo r c lo c k w is e r o ta tio n ) A d d re s s N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 4 8 Applications Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/113 6 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface motor starters IP67 (24 V DC) ■ Technical specifications Double direct on-line starter Single reversing starter 4 inputs 1 output Quickstop function 3RK1 400-1NQ01-0AA4 4 inputs 2 outputs 4 inputs 1 output 3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4 3RK1 400-1MQ03-0AA4 1 x 3 (Tu £ 55 °C) 2 x 2 (Tu £ 55 °C) 4 2.5 (Tu £ 55 °C) 1.2 Slave type Standard slaves Operational voltage in accordance with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.5 Total current input from AS-Interface in mA £ 270 Input connection PNP Inputs • Sensor supply via AS-Interface • Sensors • Voltage range in V • Load rating for sensor supply in mA • Switching level High in V • Switching level Low in V • Socket assignment 6 Single direct on-line starter • External voltage supply DC 24 V • Max. start-up ramp time for DC motor in ms • Max. motor start-up current (internally limited) in A Short-circuit and overload proof 3-wire 20 to 30 200 (Tu £ 40 °C) / 150 (Tu £ 55 °C) ³ 10 £5 PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+ PIN 2 = Data input PIN 3 = Sensor supply LPIN 4 = Data input/Quickstop PIN 5 = Earth connection Via black AS-Interface flat cable 80 4.5 Outputs • Type of output Electronics • Nominal load rating per output in A 3 (Tu £ 55 °C) • Max. total current in A 0.6 • Voltage drop (without incoming line) in V Built-in • Short-circuit protection Built-in • Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) Built-in • Watchdog I/O configuration 7 ID code F Assignment of data bits • Socket 1 • Socket 3 • Socket 4 PIN4 = IN1 (D0 / Quickstop1) PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN3 (D2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) - • Socket 2 AS-Interface certificate Yes Approvals UL, CSA Degree of protection IP67 Earth connection Yes Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +55 Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 Number of I/O sockets 3 Note Max. switching frequency when activating, e. g. a 10 W DC motor (UAux = 28.8 V/duty cycle = 50 %): • Tumax/°C: 55 • Max. switching frequency/h: 1500 6/114 Siemens IK PI · 2004 PIN4 = IN3 (D2 / Quickstop2) PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN2,4 = OUT1 (D0, D1) - 3 Max. switching frequency when activating, e. g. a 10 W DC motor (UAux = 28.8 V/duty cycle = 50 %): • Tumax/°C: 55 • Max. switching frequency/h: 1500 Max. switching frequency when activating, e. g. a 10 W DC motor (UAux = 28.8 V/duty cycle = 50 %): • Tumax/°C: 55 • Max. switching frequency/h: 1000 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders AS-Interface motor starters IP67 (24 V DC) ■ Selection and Ordering data 3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4 Design Order No. Single direct on-line starter 1) 4 inputs 1 output Quickstop function 3RK1 400-1NQ01-0AA4 Dual direct on-line starter 1) 4 inputs 2 outputs Quickstop function 3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4 Single reversing starter 1) 4 inputs 1 output Quickstop function 3RK1 400-1MQ03-0AA4 1) Modules supplied without mounting plate. 152 NSA0_00115a NSA0_00113a 152 ■ Dimensional drawings 60 29 3RK1901-0CA00 mounting plate 29 3RK1901-0CA00 mounting plate 3RK1 400-1MQ03-0AA4 NSA0_00114a 152 3RK1 400-1NQ01-0AA4 60 6 60 29 3RK1901-0CA00 mounting plate 3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/115 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders ECOFAST motor and soft starter ■ Overview conditions of the machine or installation are taken into account. Distributed motor starters are available for PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface. The starters can be installed in the vicinity of the motor or mounted onto the motor. The following are available • Single units for geographically distributed motors and • Isolated solutions (ET 200X) for drives installed close together. The functionality in the ECOFAST system ranges from direct online starters, to reversing starters and soft starters through to frequency converters (ET 200X). Brake contacts are available as an option for the starters. Two resp. four integrated digital contacts enable sensors to be scanned locally. 6 Distributed motor starters are used for switching and protecting loads locally. Versions with graded functional scope and with different installation possibilities ensure that both the functional requirements of the process and the constructional boundary All starters are equipped throughout with standardized interfaces for data and power in accordance with the ECOFAST specification (DESINA compatible): • HanBrid for PROFIBUS DP resp. insulation displacement method for AS-Interface • Han Q8 for the power supply • Han 10e for motor connection The starters can be connected using T pieces for data and power to prevent interruption. ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. Fieldbus interface Switching function Motor protection Adjustment/ Brake performance range output PROFIBUS DP Mechanical Thermistor 0.3 to 9 A/4 kW Thermal 0.3 to 3 A/1.1 kW motor model 2.4 to 9 A/4 kW Electronic, soft Full motor protection 0.3 to 3 A/1.1 kW No 3RK1 303-2AS51-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 303-2AS51-1AA3 No 3RK1 303-5BS41-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 303-5BS41-1AA3 No 3RK1 303-5CS41-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 303-5CS41-1AA3 No 3RK1 303-6BS71-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 303-6BS71-1AA3 2.4 to 12 A/5.5 kW No electronic soft, several speeds, R255 AS-Interface Mechanical Thermistor 3RK1 303-6DS71-1AA3 0.6 to 4 A/1.5 kW 400 V AC 3RK1 303-6ES81-3AA3 0.3 to 9 A/4 kW No 3RK1 323-2AS51-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 323-2AS51-1AA3 No 3RK1 323-5BS41-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 323-5BS41-1AA3 No 3RK1 323-5CS41-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 323-5CS41-1AA3 No 3RK1 323-6BS71-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 323-6BS71-1AA3 Thermal 0.3 to 3 A/1.1 kW motor model 2.4 to 9 A/4 kW Electronic, soft Full motor protection 0.3 to 3 A/1.1 kW 2.4 to 12 A/5.5 kW No electronic soft, several speeds, R255 Micro Starter mechanical 6/116 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Thermistor 3RK1 303-6DS71-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 323-6DS71-1AA0 400 V AC 3RK1 323-6DS71-1AA3 0.6 to 4 A/1.5 kW 400 V AC 3RK1 323-6ES81-3AA3 0.3 to 9 A/4 kW No see Catalog M11 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders AS-Interface load feeder modules IP20 ■ Overview 3RA5 fuseless load feeder with connection to an AS-Interface The 3RA5 fuseless load feeder, consisting of AS-Interface load feeder module, circuit-breaker and contactor, together with all necessary connectors (AS-Interface, auxiliary power and 5-pole power connector), is supplied completely assembled, wired and tested. This saves the user valuable time required for installation, wiring and servicing. Also available are direct online starters and reversing starters with SIRIUS switchgear of sizes S00 up to 10 A and size S0 - determined by the power connector - for up to 16 A. The complete feeder units are available with AS-Interface load feeder modules with electronic outputs for an auxiliary voltage of DC 24 V. Load feeder units of this kind are used, for instance, to control standard three-phase motors. The load feeders can be installed in central switchgear cubicles or in distributed, onsite switchgear boxes. They are particularly suitable for machines and plants where the degree of automation is high and special importance is attached to availability. ■ Design AS-Interface load feeder module The AS-Interface load feeder module serves as an additional input/output module for the conventional busbar and standard mounting rail adapters. It enables the control circuit of a load feeder to be completely prewired. The series has been optimized for use in conjunction with the SIRIUS load feeders (sizes S00 and S0). The connection to the higher-level automation system is made via the interface between the AS-Interface and the load feeder module. An unshielded, standard litz wire can be used as the data line and for the 24 V DC load power supply. The connection to the AS-Interface load feeder module is made by means of two insulation-piercing connectors. Four different AS-Interface load feeder modules are available: The versions differ in the number of inputs and outputs, as well as in the type of outputs. The units with electronic outputs are designed for 24 V DC, whereas units with relay outputs are designed for voltages of up to 230 V AC. They enable direct-on-line and reversing starters, double direct-on-line starters and starter combinations to be wired for pole-changing. The status signals from the circuit-breakers and the contactor(s) can be interrogated separately at the inputs. The outputs are used to control the contactor coils directly. Since the outputs already have overvoltage protection integrated, additional measures are not required for the contactors. The outputs are fed by a separate auxiliary power supply, which facilitates a selective emergency stop concept. The inputs are supplied via the AS-Interface data line. The inputs and outputs must be wired via integrated Cage Clamp terminals which are connected to a common potential. The AS-Interface load feeder module is snapped onto a matching support for switching devices. A 5-pole power supply connector can optionally be fitted between the load feeder module and the support. If this connector is used, all the load feeder connections are of the plug-in type. The unit can thus be replaced very easily if necessary. If this connector is used, the current is limited to 16A. Several versions of the controlgear support are available; the choice depends on the width of the controlgear combination (45 mm or 54 mm) and on the busbar system which is used (busbar center-line spacing 40 mm or 60 mm). Depending on the variant, the N and/or PE conductors or neither conductor is brought out as well. The connecting cables of the loads can thus be prefabricated beforehand and laid directly to the AS-Interface load feeder module via the optional power supply connector, then installed at this module without any additional wiring. The loads, for example a three-phase standard motor, can be exchanged easily in this way. Each AS-Interface bus station must be assigned a unique address at the commissioning stage at the latest. In the case of the AS-Interface load feeder module, this can be achieved either via the master by plugging in the connectors which are connected to the data line one at a time (only one station in the network is allowed to respond to the default address 0), or by allocating individual addresses by means of the addressing device and line. This addressing method can still be used even if the compact starter is fully wired, as the module is disconnected from the AS-Interface network as soon as the addressing connector is inserted. The addressing socket is located underneath the item code plate on the front of the load feeder module. The LEDs for diagnosing the AS-Interface load feeder module are also situated there. The following states are displayed: • 24 V DC auxiliary voltage present or output/outputs set (230 V AC version) • AS-Interface communication o.k. • AS-Interface communication fault • Station address = 0 (module not addressed) Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/117 6 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders AS-Interface load feeder modules IP20 ■ Technical specifications Load feeders modules IP20 2I/1O 3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1 4I/2O 3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1 2I/1OR 3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1 3I/2OR 3RK1 402-3LG02-0AA1 I/O configuration (hex) 3 7 3 7 ID code (hex) F F F F Supply voltage for electronics and inputs in V (checkbacks from the auxiliary contacts of the controlgear) via AS-Interface data cable 26.5 to 31.6 (in accordance with AS-Interface specification) Power consumption of AS-Interface in mA 8 to 12 Temperature range • Operating temperature Tu in °C • Storage temperature in °C 0 to +55 -40 to +85 Degree of protection IP20 Inputs Polarity reversal protection Built-in Max. input current in mA 6 Max. permissible cable length between IN + and an input in m 0.4 Outputs 6 External supply voltage for outputs in V (triggering of the contactor coils) via auxiliary power 24 DC Max. 230 AC Current carrying capacity Ie in A 0.5 (DC-13/DC-14) 3 (AC-15); 0.1 (DC-13 at 220 V) Summation current (thermal) Ith in A 2 3 Polarity reversal protection Built-in Not required Short-circuit protection Built-in No Inductive interference protection (free-wheeling diode) Built-in Not required Watchdog Built-in (shutdown of outputs in case of AS-Interface fault) Diagnostics Via LED at the housing Auxiliary voltage applied AS-Interface communication OK AS-Interface communication faulty Station address = 0 (module not addressed) Output activated AS-Interface communication OK AS-Interface communication faulty Station address = 0 (module not addressed) Conductor cross-sections Plug connector for AS-Interface and auxiliary power in mm2 0.5 to 0.75 (flexible) Cage Clamp for I/O wiring in mm2 0.8 to 2.5 (flexible, without end sleeve) Power connector, 5-pole in mm2 0.5 to 2.5 AWG 28 to 12 PE/N conductor wiring on carrier in mm2 2.5 flexible AWG 13 Addressing After the 15th addressing, the module keeps the last address The technical specifications for the load feeders is the same as that specified for the individual devices. The high short-circuit strength of Iq = 50 kA also applies. 6/118 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders AS-Interface load feeder modules IP20 ■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Design AS-Interface load feeder module 1 ) For mounting onto standard rails For contactors sizes S00 and S0 For mounting on 40 mm or 60 mm busbar systems and SIRIUS standard rail adapters, the matching carrier is required (see Accessories) The AS-Interface connectors for the data and auxiliary power cable (yellow and black) must be ordered separately (see Accessories) 3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1 3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1 Type Supply in V 2 inputs / 1 output 24 DC 2) 4 inputs/ 2 outputs 2 inputs / 1 relay output 3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1 3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1 120/230 AC 3) 3 inputs / 2 relay outputs 3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1 3RK1 402-3LG02-0AA1 Accessories 4) Manual for AS-Interface load feeder module • German, English 3RK1 701-2GB00-0AA0 • Italian, French 3RK1 701-2HB00-0AA0 Carrier for AS-Interface load feeder module • With PE and N conductor connection, for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm rail center-line spacing Power connector set 3RK1 901-0EA00 is necessary Carrier with mounted power connector coupling - 45 mm 3RK1 901-3AA00 - 54 mm 3RK1 901-3BA00 6 • With PE and N conductor connection, for mounting on busbar adapter with 60 mm rail center-line spacing Power connector set 3RK1 901-0EA00 is necessary - 45 mm 3RK1 901-3CA00 - 54 mm 3RK1 901-3DA00 • Without PE and N conductor connection, for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm or 60 mm rail center-line spacing - 45 mm 3RK1 901-3EA00 - 54 mm 3RK1 901-3FA00 • for mounting on SIRIUS adapter 3RA19 22-1A for rail mounting 45 mm 3RK1 901-3GA00 Power connector set 5-pole, 2.5 mm2 (one set contains five connectors and five couplings) 3RK1 901-0EA00 3RK1 901-0EA00 AS-Interface connectors for data and auxiliary power cable With insulation-piercing terminals for 2 ´ (0.5 to 0.75 mm2) standard stranded conductors (one packing contains five connectors) 3RK1 901-0NA00 3RK1 901-0PA00 • Yellow 3RK1 901-0NA00 • Black 3RK1 901-0PA00 1) Complete feeders with AS-Interface load feeder module: See Catalog LV 10 Section "Load Feeders and Soft Starters" 2) Without connectors for data and auxiliary power (yellow and black). 3) With one connector each for data and auxiliary power (yellow and red). 4) Busbar accessories: See Catalog LV 10 Section "Load Feeders and Soft Starters" and "Distribution Systems, Busbar Systems and Switchgear" Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/119 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders AS-Interface load feeder modules IP20 ■ Schematics -Q 1 N S A 0 0 0 9 6 N S A 0 0 0 9 7 Typical control circuits -K 1 -K 1 -Q 1 -K 1 -X 3 -X 3 IN 1 -X 3 .1 IN 2 .2 -X 3 .3 IN + -X 4 M /N .1 -X 4 IN 1 .2 .1 -K 1 -K 2 -X 3 IN 2 .2 -X 3 IN 3 .3 -X 3 IN + .5 -K 2 -X 3 M /N .6 -X 3 .7 O U T 1 -X 3 .8 O U T 2 O U T 1 AS-Interface load feeder module with 2 inputs and 1 output as direct on-line starter AS-Interface load feeder module with 4 inputs and 2 outputs or 3 inputs and 2 outputs as reversing starter When using SIRIUS contactors, we recommend that the positively-driven auxiliary NC contacts are used for feedback of the switching status. N S A 0 0 0 9 5 6 -Q 1 -K 1 -X 3 IN 1 .1 -X 3 -Q 2 .2 IN 2 -K 1 -K 2 -X 3 IN 3 .3 -X 3 IN 4 .4 -X 3 IN + .5 -K 2 -X 3 M /N .6 -X 3 .7 O U T 1 AS-Interface load feeder module with 4 inputs and 2 outputs as dual direct on-line starter 6/120 Siemens IK PI · 2004 -X 3 .8 O U T 2 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders SIRIUS soft starters ■ Overview The SIRIUS electronic soft starters are suitable for controlled soft starting and running down of three-phase asynchronous motors. Reduction of the starting torque not only protects the motor, but also increases the availability of the installation. The advantages of a soft starter are: • Reduction of mechanical loading throughout the drive • Reduction of the loading on the power supply system With just a few actions and accessories, motor feeders can be fitted with these soft starters for communications capability. ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. SIRIUS Soft Starter Rated operating voltage for unit Ue at 400 V (ambient temperature 40°C) Rated power of motors 3 kW 3RW3 014-1CB@4 4 kW 3RW3 016-1CB@4 Rated control supply voltage UC = 24 V 0 UC = 110 to 230 V 1 AS-Interface load feeder module SIRIUS Soft Starter with AS-Interface load feeder module 1) • 2 inputs / 1 output / 24 V DC 3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1 • 2 inputs / 1 relay output / 120/230 V AC 3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1 6 1) For mounting the AS-Interface load feeder module on the standard rail adaptor, a carrier, plug connector and power connector set are also required. Additional information is available in the Internet under: http://www.siemens.de/sanftstarter Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/121 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface F-Adapter for EMERGENCY STOP command devices ■ Overview ■ Design The F adapter has a safe AS-Interface slave and is snapped onto the back of the EMERGENCY STOP device that is not included in the scope of supply. Connection is via the AS-Interface shaped cable using the insulation piercing method. Addressing is via the AS-Interface connections or via the built-in addressing socket. 6 The AS-Interface F adapter is used for connecting the EMERGENCY STOP devices of the SIGNUM 3SB3 series to AS-Interface. ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface F adaptor, for EMERGENCY STOP actuator SIGNUM 3SB3 1) Front panel mounting 3SF5 402-1AA01 1) EMERGENCY STOP actuator is not included in the scope of supply. For further details on the EMERGENCY-STOP actuator, see the Section Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights in Catalog NS K, 10/2001 Edition or Catalog LV 10, 2004 Edition. 6/122 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface enclosure ■ Overview ■ Design T e r m in a l S h a p e d A S - In te r fa c e c a b le F le x ib le le a d (a p p ro x . 2 0 c m lo n g ) E n c lo s u r e c o v e r E n c lo s u r e p a r t N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 5 8 P C B With AS-Interface enclosures, command devices of the SIGNUM 3SB3 installed in a distributed configuration can be quickly connected to AS-Interface. The enclosures without EMERGENCY STOP feature one 4I/4O application module; an F adapter is mounted on EMERGENCY STOP enclosures. The contact blocks and lampholders of the command devices as well as the AS-Interface slave are soldered onto a carrier circuit board and screwed onto the command device. In the case of EMERGENCY STOP enclosures, two normally closed contact blocks are mounted in the enclosure which are wired to the F adapter. Addressing is via the AS-Interface connections or via the built-in addressing socket. An external supply voltage does not have to be connected. ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface enclosure with standard arrangement of components Arrangement of components (A, B, C = Code letters for command points) Number of command points A = EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbutton via AS-Interface adapter, yellow bonnet 1 3SF5 801-3AA08 A = EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbutton via AS-Interface adapter, yellow bonnet with protective collar 1 3SF5 801-3AB08 B = Green pushbutton, label "I“ A = Red pushbutton, label "O“ 2 3SF5 802-4DA00 B = White pushbutton, label "I“ A = Black pushbutton, label "O“ 2 3SF5 802-4DB00 C = Clear indicator lamp, label without text B = Green pushbutton, label "I“ A = Red pushbutton, label "O“ 3 3SF5 803-4DA00 C = Clear indicator lamp, label without text B = White pushbutton, label "I“ A = Black pushbutton, label "O“ 3 3SF5 803-4DC00 C = Black indicator lamp, label "II" B = Black pushbutton, label "I“ A = Red pushbutton, label "O“ 3 3SF5 803-4DB00 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/123 6 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules ■ Overview ■ Design Customized solutions for linking command devices to AS-Interface permit the configuration of command devices to be selected as required. In addition to the enclosures, the AS-Interface front panel module provides a solution for SIGNUM 3SB3 Command Devices mounted in front panels. AS-Interface enclosure The enclosures with two, three, four and six command points are equipped with a 4I/4O slave. Up to four inputs (switch contacts) and four outputs (lamp holders) can therefore be connected to them. A second slave can be mounted on enclosures for four and six command points. Addressing is via the AS-Interface connections or via the built-in addressing socket. An external supply voltage is not required. For enclosures with EMERGENCY STOP, the EMERGENCY STOP actuator can be wired conventionally or alternatively using the AS-Interface F adaptor. A S - In te r fa c e c a b le N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 5 3 a T e r m in a l F r o n t p a n e l m o d u le 6 AS-Interface front panel module T e r m in a l S h a p e d A S - In te r fa c e c a b le With conventional wiring, interrogation can be performed via ASInterface. In this case, a second slave cannot be mounted on the enclosure for four command points. In the case of conventional wiring of the EMERGENCY STOP, up to three switch contacts can be selected for the EMERGENCY STOP; if the EMERGENCY STOP is scanned via AS-Interface, two contacts are possible. If the EMERGENCY STOP is wired via the F adaptor, the safe module is mounted above or to the right. The AS-Interface cable is then looped through to supply the non-safe command devices of the enclosure. EMERGENCY STOP via an F adaptor is only possible for enclosures for three, four or six command points. The following methods can be used for connecting the AS-Interface cable: • Terminal for shaped AS-Interface cable. Contact is made with the cable using the insulation piercing method and it is routed externally past the enclosure. • Cable gland for the shaped AS-Interface cable or round cable. The cable is inserted into the enclosure. • Connection via M12 connectors • In the case of enclosures with EMERGENCY-STOP via the ASInterface F adaptor, the cable is connected using the terminals mounted on the F adaptor for the shaped AS-Interface cable. The cable is routed externally past the enclosure. F le x ib le le a d (a p p ro x . 2 0 c m lo n g ) E n c lo s u r e c o v e r E n c lo s u r e p a r t N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 5 8 N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 4 6 P C B A S - In te r fa c e c a b le is r o u te d e x te r n a lly a lo n g s id e T h e A S - In te r fa c e c a b le is la id in th e m o d u le R o u n d c a b le is la id in th e m o d u le AS-Interface enclosure Typical connections If not all the inputs and outputs of the slave built into an enclosure are used, the spare inputs and outputs can be routed to the outside via an M12 socket at the top and bottom of the enclosure. The pin assignment required for the M12 socket must then be specified on the order supplement (see section Options). 6/124 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules ■ Design (continued) AS-Interface front panel module The front panel module has one 4I/4O slave, four SIGNUM 3SB3 command devices as well as the necessary mounting accessories. grid pattern of 30 mm x 45 mm. The shaped AS-Interface cable is connected via a connection terminal on the rear of the module using the insulation piercing method. The rear of the module is plugged onto a group of four command devices that are arranged in a vertical or horizontal row and screwed in place. The command devices must be mounted in a The module is addressed via the AS-Interface terminals or via the built-in addressing socket. ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface enclosure, equipped as required 1) • Two command points 3SF5 802-4AZ • Three command points 3SF5 803-4AZ • Four command points 3SF5 804-4AZ • Six command points 3SF5 806-4AZ AS-Interface front-panel module, equipped as required 2) Four command points 3SF5 874-4AZ 1) Ordering example for AS-Interface enclosure with four command points: 3SF5 804-4AZ KOY Equipment according to order supplement for AS-Interface enclosure (<- For form for order supplement, see section Options) 2) Ordering example for AS-Interface front panel module: 3SF5 874-4AZ KOY Equipment according to order supplement for AS-Interface front-panel module (<- For form to complete order supplement, see section Options) 6 ■ Options To order customized AS-Interface solutions for SIGNUM 3SB3 control devices, please fill out the corresponding enclosed order form and enclose it with the order. The price of the device is calculated from the basic price of the respective version and the additional prices for the complements (refer to price list). Enter the desired options into the order form, such as type of actuating elements, switch contacts, lampholders or accessories (labels or the like). The codes that are to be entered in the form can be obtained from the list of options that are subject to a surcharge. The additional prices include all components which depend on the selected configuration options, i.e. type of actuating elements, contacts, lampholders and accessories, such as labels, lamps, connections sockets, a second slave etc. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/125 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules Order form for AS-Interface housing Siemens AG, A&D CD GKA LZA Order form to Amberg, fax: +49 96 21 80-31 02 Date Order ID of purchaser/order ID I Order ID of supplier 1. Size of housing r two command points r three command points r four command points r six command points 2. EMERGENCY STOP actuator (only possible at point “A“) without EMERGENCY STOP with non-interrogated EMERGENCY STOP (only possible with 3, 4 and 6 points) with interrogated EMERGENCY STOP (only possible with 3, 4 and 6 points) with safe AS-Interface adaptor r r r r 3. Yellow area for EMERGENCY STOP (only fill out if available) without yellow stripes with yellow stripes, without inscription at point “A“ with yellow stripes, with inscription at point “A“ (state inscription under point 4) r r r 4. Inscription and configuration Standard: 1 normally-open contact (1 NO), if not otherwise indicated Right position Left position Actuators (abbreviations) F 6 E D C B A 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC A to F are identification letters on the inside of the covers and bases 5. Installation orientation vertical (identific. plates on the left) horizontal (identification plates on top) r r 7. Terminal on top resp. on the left no cable gland (drill-hole is not pressed out) terminal for by-passed AS-Interface cable metric cable gland for inserted AS-Interface cable metric cable gland for inserted round cable M12 socket for free input or out r r r r r P in 1 : 3 4 N S S 0 _ 0 0 4 5 6 b r r r r r r P in 2 : P in 3 : 2 1 P in 4 : P in 1 : 3 N S S 0 _ 0 0 4 5 6 b 6. Terminal on top resp. on the right no cable gland (drill-hole is not pressed out) terminal for by-passed AS-Interface cable metric cable gland for inserted AS-Interface cable metric cable gland for inserted round cable M12 socket for free input or output AS-Interface F adaptor (only for housings with EMERGENCY STOP) 2 4 1 P in 2 : P in 3 : P in 4 : 8. Lamps incandescent lamp 24V (if no option is marked, an incandescent lamp 24 V will be used) incandescent lamp 30V super bright LED (LED color is same as the color of the actuating element/signalling device) r r r 6/126 Siemens IK PI · 2004 NSD0_00062d Inscription of the inscription plates (max. 11 letters, 1 to 3 lines) AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules Order form AS-Interface front panel modules Siemens AG, A&D CD GKA LZA Order form to Amberg, fax: +49 96 21 80-31 02 Date Order ID of purchaser/order ID I Order ID of supplier 1. Number of command points r four command points 2. Design of actuating elements round, molded plastic square, molded plastic round, metal r r r 3. Name plates without with name plate including legend plate 12.5 mm ´ 27 mm glued in with name plate including legend plate 27 mm ´ 27 mm glued in r r r 4. Configuration S w itc h b o a r d 6 A le ft B r ig h t le ft C r ig h t le ft D r ig h t le ft r ig h t 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 Ö 1 Ö 1 Ö 1 Ö 1 Ö 1 Ö 1 Ö 1 S 1 Ö N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 5 7 c Top view of front side of switchboard 5. Lamps incandescent lamp 24V (if no option is marked, an incandescent lamp 24 V will be used) incandescent lamp 30V super bright LED (LED color is same as the color of the actuating element/signalling device) r r r Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/127 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules Options for AS-Interface housing and AS-Interface front panel modules subject to a surcharge Code for design/color of controls black Actuating elements and signalling devices (subject ot a surcharge) 6 red yellow green blue white clear 1) Blank plug for 22.5 mm 2) BV BK – – – – – – Pushbutton with flat button D BK D RD D YE D GN D BU D WH D CL Illuminated pushbutton with flat button – DL RD DL YE DL GN DL BU DL WH DL CL Pushbutton with protruding button DH BK DH RD DH YE DH GN DH BU DH WH – Illuminated pushbutton with protruding button – DHL RD DHL YE DHL GN DHL BU – DHL CL Pushbutton with protruding mounting ring DHF BK DHF RD DHF YE DHF GN DHF BU DHF WH – Pushbutton with protruding mounting ring, castellated DFZ BK DFZ RD DFZ YE DFZ GN DFZ BU DFZ WH – Pressure switch with flat pushbutton DS BK DS RD DS YE DS GN DS BU DS WH – Illuminated pressure switch with flat pushbutton – DLS RD DL YE DLS GN DLS BU DLS WH DLS CL Mushroom-head pushbutton, Ø 30 mm 2) P30 BK P30 RD P30 YE P30 GN – – – Illuminated mushroom-head pushbutton, Ø 30 mm 2) – – PL30 YE PL30 GN – PL30 WH – Mushroom-head pushbutton, Ø 40 mm 2) P BK P RD P YE P GN – – – Illuminated mushroom-head pushbutton, Ø 40 mm 2) – PL RD PL YE PL GN – – – Pushbutton with protruding button, latches after pushing in by turning it to the right, unlatches by turing it to the left 2) DHR BK DHR RD – – – – – EMERGENCY STOP mushroom/ head pushbutton acc. to EN 418, Ø 40 mm, latches automatically 2) • Unlatches by turning it to the left 2) – PRÜ 40 RD – – – – – • With RONIS lock, lock no. SB30 2) – PRS 30 RD – – – – – • With CES lock, lock no. SB10 2) – PRS 10 RD – – – – – • With BKS lock, lock no. S1 2) – PRS S1 RD – – – – – • With O.M.R. lock, lock no. 73037 2) – PRS 73 RD – – – – – Light indicator – L RD L YE L GN L BU L WH L CL Push-pull button 2) • Ø 30 mm 2) DZ 30 BK DZ30 RD – – – – – • Ø 30 mm, can be illuminated 2) – DZB30 RD DZB30 YE DZB30 GN DZB30 BU – DZB30 CL • Ø 40 mm 2) DZ BK DZ RD – – – – – • Ø 40 mm, can be illuminated 2) – DZB RD DZB YE DZB GN DZB BU – DZB CL 1) For more detailed information about individual actuating elements, see Section Pushbuttons and Light Indicators / SIGNUM 3SB3 / Pushbuttons and Pressure Switches onward. 2) Cannot be used with front panel module. 6/128 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules Options for AS-Interface housing and AS-Interface front panel modules subject to a surcharge (continued) Code for design/color of controls black red yellow green blue white clear • not illuminated K1 BK K1 RD – K1 GN – K1 WH – • illuminated – BK1 RD BK1 YE BK1 GN BK1 BU – BK1 CL • not illuminated K2 BK K2 RD – K2 GN – K2 WH – • illuminated – BK2 RD BK2 YE BK2 GN BK2 BU – BK2 CL • not illuminated K4 BK K4 RD – K4 GN – K4 WH – • illuminated – BK4 RD BK4 YE BK4 GN BK4 BU – BK4 CL • not illuminated K5 BK K5 RD – K5 GN – K5 WH – • illuminated – BK5 RD BK5 YE BK5 GN BK5 BU – BK5 CL K6 BK K6 RD – K6 GN – K6 WH – Switching sequence K7 BK I-O-II, latches on the left, pushbutton control on the right (with resetting from the right) K7 RD – K7 GN – K7 WH – 1) Knob (subject to a surcharge)) Switching sequence O–I latching Switching sequence O–I pushbutton control (with resetting from the right) Switching sequence I-O-II latching Switching sequence I-O-II pushbutton control (with resetting from the right and left) Switching sequence I-O-II, latches on the right, pushbutton control on the left (with resetting from the left) 1) For more detailed information about individual actuating elements, see Section Pushbuttons and Light Indicators / SIGNUM 3SB3 / Pushbuttons and Pressure Switches onward. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/129 6 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules Options for AS-Interface housing and AS-Interface front panel modules subject to a surcharge (continued) Code for design/key removal position of locks O I II O and I O and II I and II I, O and II RSB 1A RSB 1E – RSB 1AE – – – - Lock no. SSG 10 CES 1A CES 1E – CES 1AE – – – - Lock no. LSG 1 CESL 1A – – CESL 1AE – – – Z-J 1A – – Z-J 1AE – – – - Lock no. S1 BKS 1A BKS 1E – BKS 1AE – – – - Lock no. E1 (for VW) BKS A 1A – – BKS A 1AE – – – - Lock no. E2 (for VW) BKS E 1A – – BKS E 1AE – – – - Lock no. E7 (for VW) BKS C 1A – – BKS C 1AE – – – - Lock no. E9 (for VW) BKS B 1A – – BKS B 1AE – – – OMR BK 1A OMR BK 1E – OMR BK 1AE – – – RSB 2A – – – – – – - Lock no. SSG 10 CES 2A – – – – – – - Lock no. LSG 1 CESL 2A – – – – – – Z-J 2A – – – – – – BKS 2A – – – – – – OMR BK 2A – – – – – – RSB 4A RSB 4E RSB 4D – – RSB 4ED RSB 4EAD CES 4A CES 4E CES 4D – – CES 4ED CES 4EAD Z-J 4A Z-J 4E Z-J 4D – – Z-J 4ED Z-J 4EAD BKS 4A BKS 4E BKS 4D – – BKS 4ED BKS 4EAD OMR BK 4A – – – – OMR BK 4ED OMR BK 4EAD 1) Locks (subject to a surcharge) Switching sequence O–I latching • Type RONIS, flat - Lock no. SB30 • Type CES • Type IKON - Lock no. 360012 K1 • Type BKS • Type O.M.R., black 6 - Lock no. 73034 Switching sequence O–I pushbutton control (with resetting from the right) • Type RONIS, flat - Lock no. SB30 • Type CES • Type IKON - Lock no. 360012 K1 • Type BKS - Lock no. S1 • Type O.M.R., black - Lock no. 73034 Switching sequence I-O-II latching • Type RONIS, flat - Lock no. SB30 • Type CES - Lock no. SSG 10 • Type IKON - Lock no. 360012 K1 • Type BKS - Lock no. S1 • Type O.M.R., black - Lock no. 73034 1) Required when more than four inputs or more than four outputs are required for supplying the control devices. 6/130 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules Options for AS-Interface housing and AS-Interface front panel modules subject to a surcharge (continued) Code for design/key removal position of locks O I II O and I O and II I and II I, O and II RSB 5A – – – – – – CES 5A – – – – – – Z-J 5A – – – – – – BKS 5A – – – – – – OMR BK 5A – – – – – – 1) Locks (subject to a surcharge) Switching sequence I-O-II pushbutton control (with resetting from the right and left) • Type RONIS, flat - Lock no. SB30 • Type CES - Lock no. SSG 10 • Type IKON - Lock no. 360012 K1 • Type BKS - Lock no. S1 • Type O.M.R., black - Lock no. 73034 Switching sequence I-O-II, latches on the right, pushbutton control on the left (with resetting from the left) 6 • Type RONIS, flat - Lock no. SB30 RSB 6A – RSB 6D – RSB 6AD – – CES 6A – CES 6D – CES 6AD – – Z-J 6A – Z-J 6D – Z-J 6AD – – BKS 6A – BKS 6D – BKS 6AD – – OMR BK 6A – OMR BK 6D – OMR BK 6AD – – RSB 7A RSB 7E – RSB 7AE – – – CES 7A CES 7E – CES 7AE – – – Z-J 7A Z-J 7E – Z-J 7AE – – – BKS 7A BKS 7E – BKS 7AE – – – OMR BK 7A OMR BK 7E – – – – – • Type CES - Lock no. SSG 10 • Type IKON - Lock no. 360012 K1 • Type BKS - Lock no. S1 • Type O.M.R., black - Lock no. 73034 Switching sequence I-O-II, latches on the left, pushbutton control on the right (with resetting from the right) • Type RONIS, flat - Lock no. SB30 • Type CES - Lock no. SSG 10 • Type IKON - Lock no. 360012 K1 • Type BKS - Lock no. S1 • Type O.M.R., black - Lock no. 73034 1) Required when more than four inputs or more than four outputs are required for supplying the control devices. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/131 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface customized enclosures and front panel modules 5 2 ■ Dimensional drawings N S D 0 0 2 3 6 1 2 0 AS-Interface front panel module 6 6/132 Siemens IK PI · 2004 4 5 AS-Interface Slaves SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights AS-Interface LED displays ■ Technical specifications AS-Interface LED displays Type of display LED 7-segment Color of light Red or green Operating voltage in V DC 24 (for AS-Interface via AS-i bus) Power consumption for digit height • 13 mm • 30 mm • Display with AS-i bus 0.15 W per digit 0.3 W per digit 0 to 9 and A, b, -, uninsulated Addresses 1 address per display. With AS-Interface: After the 15th addressing, the display keeps the last address. Housing Bay housing to DIN, metal Mounting Screw bracket to DIN Degree of protection IP54 to the front; with AS-Interface IP65 Ambient temperature • During operation in °C • During storage in °C 0 to +50 -25 to +70 EMC Acc. to the specifications of the 89/336/EWG (or EMVG) guideline Emitted interference Basic technical standard EN 50 081-2, July 1993 Edition Product standard EN 55 011, Group 1/2, Class A, March 1991 Edition Limit value curve identical to EN 55 022 Noise immunity Basic technical standard EN 50 082-2, March 1995 Edition 6 Additional information is available in the Internet under: http://www.siemens.de/bediensysteme Function block program examples and GSD files can be downloaded from the Internet. ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. Numerical LED displays for installation with AS-Interface 1) with additional, electrically isolated, digital inputs Number of places: 4 3SF4 102-2D Character height, positions 13 mm, 4 places 30 mm, 4 places Color Red 3SF4 102-1B Green 3SF4 102-2B Red 3SF4 102-1D Green 3SF4 102-2D 1) Function block-example programs, which are included with every delivery, are available for connecting to the PLC (S5, S7-300, S7-400). Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/133 AS-Interface Slaves AS-Interface for LOGO! ■ Overview Each LOGO! now connectable to the AS-Interface system -new- With the AS-Interface for LOGO! an intelligent slave can be integrated into the AS-Interface system. Modular integration permits different basic units to be integrated into the system whenever the functionality is required. The functionality can also be quickly and easily adapted to changing requirements by replacing the basic unit The interface provides four inputs and four outputs for the system These I/Os, however, are not actually implemented in hardware; they only exist virtually via the interface on the bus 6 ■ Technical specifications Supply voltage in V 24 V DC Inputs/outputs 4/4 (virtual inputs / outputs) Bus connection AS-Interface according to specification Ambient temperature in °C 0 to +55 Degree of protection IP20 Mounting onto standard mounting rail Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 36 x 90 x 58 Display of LEDs LEDs Status green OK red No data traffic red/yellow flash Zero address ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface connection for LOGO! 3RK1 400-0CE10-0AA2 3RK1 400-0CE10-0AA2 6/134 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Power Supply Units $6,QWHUIDFH3RZHU6XSSO\8QLWV Introduction ■ Overview If so-called double masters are used, the dual power supply unit with 2 x 30 V can be used. L 1 F 1 N P E Performance characteristics: • high efficiency • low residual ripple • short-circuit proof and stable at no load • overvoltage protection at input • small dimensions • low weight • simple and fast assembly In p u t filte r T o p s w itc h All AS-Interface power supplies have an AS-Interface certificate. Power supplies with UL, CSA, and ship construction approbation are available for worldwide use. Is o la tio n O p to c o u p le r Note: An additional external infeed (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is required for the supply of the output circuits. The additional infeed must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), protection class I. C o n tr o lle r Earth fault detection A S -i + A S -i S m o o th in g N o te : T h e " G R O U N D " m u s t a lw a y s b e c o n n e c te d to th e s y s te m in th e s h o r te s t p o s s ib le w a y . N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 1 6 a G ro u n d e a rth General design of the AS-Interface power supplies Note: The "ground" connection to the system earth must always be as short as possible. “... earth faults in control circuits must not result in unintended startup or dangerous movements of the machine nor must they prevent the machine from stopping (EN 60 204, Part 1 or DIN VDE 0113)”. To fulfill these requirements, the AS-Interface earth fault detection module or power supplies with earth fault detection are used. These modules permit earth faults in AS-Interface systems to be safely detected and signaled. The following earth faults are recognized: • AS-i ”+” earth fault • AS-i ”-” earth fault • Earth faults of sensors and actuators which are supplied by the AS-Interface voltage. One module for each AS-Interface system is sufficient. AS-Interface power supplies are part of the necessary and most important components of an AS-Interface system. AS-Interface power supplies generate a stabilized DC voltage of 30 V DC with a high constancy and low residual ripple. They work in the same way as primary switched-mode regulators. Data and power are always transmitted simultaneously via the AS-Interface two-wire cable. For this reason, AS-Interface power supplies must also ensure data decoupling in addition to supplying the AS-Interface system. For this reason, standard power supplies must not be used for the supply of an AS-Interface system. AS-Interface power supplies supply the electronics of the system (AS-Interface master, AS-Interface modules) and all connected sensors. Depending on the power requirements of the AS-Interface system, graduated power supplies from 2.4 to 7 A are available. Please note that there are different power supplies for the sensors and actuators. The power for the actuators (outputs) is usually not supplied by the AS-Interface cable. This must be done by a separate load power supply unit which must be connected via a separate cable (e.g. black AS-Interface flat cable). It can also be used to implement corresponding emergency stop circuits. If an auxiliary power supply is required in addition to the AS-Interface voltage, the very compact combination power supply unit with 1 x 30 V DC and 1 x 24 V DC can be used. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/135 6 AS-Interface Power Supply Units Power supply units IP20 ■ Technical specifications AS-Interface power supply unit 6 Single output IP20 Output current 2.4 A 3RX9 307-0AA00 Output current 4 A 3RX9 307-1AA00 Output current 3.3 A 4FD5 213-0AA10-1A Rated input voltage in V 115/230 AC 115/230 AC 230/400 AC Input • Range selection • Voltage range in V • Overvoltage strength • Mains buffering at ,e Rated in ms • Mains frequency rated value I range in Hz • Built-in input fuse in A • Recommended m.c.b (IEC898) in mains supply circuit in A Single-phase AC With changeover switch 195 to 253 / 102 to 132 AC EN 61 000-4-1 > 20 50/60/47 to 63 Single-phase AC Single- and two-phase AC With plug 197 to 430 AC T2 From 10, characteristic C T 5 (not accessible) From 10, characteristic C Output • Stabilized floating DC voltage acc. to AS-Interface specification • Voltage rating UaRated in V • Total tolerance in V • Residual ripple in mVpp (0–10 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) • Spikes in mVpp (10–500 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) • Operational display • Current rating ,a Rated in A Yes Green LED 2.4 (power boost: 2.8) No > 2.8 Yes Safety • Primary/secondary isolation • Safety class (EN 60 950/IEC 950) • Degree of protection • Approvals SELV to EN 60 950 I IP20 CE, UL, marine EMC • Emitted interference • Noise immunity EN 50 081-1 EN 50 082-2 • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Mounting 6/136 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Yes, can be connected in parallel < 50 Protective and monitoring functions • Output overvoltage protection • Current limitation in A • Short-circuit protection Mechanical data • Input connection • Output connection AS-i + • Output connection AS-i • Output connection shield S • Output connection Ground T 3 (not accessible) From 16, characteristic C 30 DC 29.5 to 31.6 DC < 300 Efficiency/power loss • Efficiency at UaRated, ,aRated in % Approx. 85 • Power loss at UaRated, ,aRated in W Approx. 10 Operational data • Ambient temperature range in °C • Transport and storage temperature range in °C • Humidity class > 20 at 230 V; > 60 at 400 V 4 (power boost: 4.5) DC 3.3 (power boost: DC 4) Approx. 18 Approx. 15 >5 SELV to EN 60 950 (in preparation) SELV to EN 60 950 CE, UL, CSA (in preparation) CE, UL (in preparation) -25 to +55 -25 to +60 -45 to +55 -45 to +80 Max. 80% rel. humidity Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2) Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2) Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2) Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2) 46 ´ 135 ´ 105 75 ´ 135 ´ 107 Snap-on mounting onto standard rail DIN EN 50 022-35 x 7.5 mm Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2) 75 ´ 135 ´ 103 Mounting onto standard rail AS-Interface Power Supply Units Power supply units IP20 ■ Technical specifications (continued) AS-Interface power supply unit Dual output IP20 2 ´ 30 V DC 3RX9 305-1AA00 Combi output IP20 1 ´ 24 V DC / 1 ´ 30 V DC 3RX9 306-1AA00 Output current in A 4/4 5/4 Input voltage in V 115/230 AC (selectable) Input • Range selection • Input voltage range in V • Overvoltage strength • Mains buffering at ,e Rated in ms • Mains frequency rated value I range in Hz • Built-in input fuse in A • Recommended m.c.b (IEC898) in mains supply circuit in A Single-phase AC With changeover switch 195 to 253 / 102 to 132 AC EN 61 000-4-1 > 20 50/60/47 to 63 Output • Stabilized floating DC voltage acc. to AS-Interface specification • Voltage rating UaRated in V • Total tolerance • Residual ripple in mVpp (0–10 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) • Spikes in mVpp (10–500 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) • Operational display • Current rating ,a Rated in A T 5 (not accessible) From 16, characteristic C Yes 2 x 30 DC 29.5 to 31.6 DC < 300 30 DC/24 DC 29.5 to 31.6 DC/24 DC ± 2 % < 50 Green LED 2x4 6 4/5 Efficiency/power loss • Efficiency at UaRated, ,aRated in % Approx. 85 • Power loss at UaRated, ,aRated in W Approx. 36 Protective and monitoring functions • Overvoltage protection of outputs • Current limitation in A • Short-circuit protection No > 4 (power boost 4.5) Yes Safety • Primary/secondary isolation • Safety class (EN 60 950/IEC 950) • Degree of protection • Approvals SELV to EN 60 950 I IP20 CE, UL, CSA EMC • Emitted interference • Noise immunity EN 50 081-1 EN 50 082-2 Operational data • Ambient temperature range in °C • Transport and storage temperature range in °C • Humidity class Mechanical data • Input connection • Output connection AS-i + • Output connection AS-i • Output connection shield S • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Mounting > 4/> 5 (power boost 4.5 / 5.5) SELV to EN 60 950 (in preparation) CE, UL, CSA (in preparation) -45 to +55 -45 to +60 Max. 80% rel. humidity Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2) Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2) Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2) Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2) 150 x 135 x 107 Snap-on mounting onto standard rail DIN EN 50 022-35 x 7.5 mm Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/137 AS-Interface Power Supply Units Power supply units IP20 ■ Technical specifications (continued) AS-Interface power supply unit Single Output IP20 6EP1 354-1AL01 With integrated earth-fault detection 3RX9 310-0AA00 Output current in A 7 2.4 Rated input voltage in V 120 to 230 AC 115/230 AC With variable range input 93 to 264 AC / 110 to 350 DC VDE 0160 Limiting curve W2 < 20 at 93/187 V 0/50/60/47 to 63 With changeover switch 195 to 253 / 102 to 132 AC EN 61 000-4-1 > 20 T 6.3 (not accessible) From 16, characteristic C or from 8, characteristic B T2 From 10, characteristic C Input • Range selection • Voltage range in V • Overvoltage strength • Mains buffering at Ie Rated in ms • Mains frequency rated value I range in Hz • Built-in input fuse in A • Recommended circuit-breakers (IEC 898) in A 6 Output • Stabilized floating DC voltage acc. to AS-Interface specification • Voltage rating UaRated in V • Total tolerance • Residual ripple in mVpp (0–10 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) • Spikes in mVpp (10–500 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) • Operational display • Current rating Ia Rated in A Yes 30 DC 29.5 to 31.6 DC < 300 < 50 Green LED 7 2.4 (power boost: 2.8) Efficiency/power loss • Efficiency at UaRated, IaRated in % • Power loss at UaRated, IaRated in W > 85 < 37 10 Protective and monitoring functions • Overvoltage protection of outputs • Current limitation in A • Short-circuit protection Yes From approx. 7.4 Stabilized current characteristic approx. 7.4 A No > 2.8 Yes Safety • Primary/secondary isolation SELV to EN 60 950 • Safety class (EN 60 950/IEC 950) Class I to IEC 536 I • Degree of protection IP20 to EN 60 529 IP20 • Approvals CE, UL/cUL CE, UL, CSA (in preparation) EMC • Emitted interference • Noise immunity EN 50 081-1, EN 55 022 Cl. B EN 50 082-2 EN 50 081-1 0 to +55 -25 to +85 -25 to +55 -25 to +60 F to DIN 40 040 Max. 80% rel. humidity 1 terminal each for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 3 terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 3 terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 2 terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 200 ´ 125 ´ 135 Snap-on mounting onto standard rail DIN EN 50 02235 ´ 15 mm and S7 rail Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.5 to 2.5 mm2) Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.5 to 2.5 mm2) Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.5 to 2.5 mm2) Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.5 to 2.5 mm2) 92 ´ 110 ´ 136 Snap-on mounting onto standard rail DIN EN 50 02235 x 7.5 mm - Integrated 3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2 earth fault detection module and isolation of the AS-Interface voltage with corresponding circuit Operational data • Ambient temperature range in °C • Transport and storage temperature range in °C • Humidity class Mechanical data • Input connection • Output connection AS-i + • Output connection AS-i • Output connection shield S • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Mounting Special function 6/138 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface Power Supply Units Power supply units IP20 ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface IP20 power supply unit Type Output current Rated input voltage Single output 2.4 A 115/230 V AC (selectable) 3RX9 307–0AA00 3.3 A (can be connected in parallel) 230/400 V AC (repositionable) 4FD5 213-0AA10-1A 7A 120/230 V AC 6EP1 354-1AL01 Single output with integrated earth-fault detection 2.4 A 115/230 V AC (selectable) 3RX9 310–0AA00 Dual output 4 A /4 A 4O 3RX9 307–1AA00 3RX9 307–0AA00 3RX9 310–0AA00 3RX9 305–1AA00 6 3RX9 305–1AA00 Combi output (1 x 24 V DC / 1 x 30 V DC) 5 A (24 V) 4 A (AS-i) 3RX9 306–1AA00 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/139 AS-Interface Power Supply Units Power supply units IP20 N S A 0 0 1 2 0 ■ Dimensional drawings A S i ita b le u n tin g 5 0 0 2 n d a rd u n tin g fo r o n to 2 -3 5 x ... L E D r a il 5 4 ,6 A B C D E F G H 1 0 5 +_ 1 m a x . 1 1 0 4 5 1 0 5 3RX9 307-0AA00 F u s e 2 5 0 V /2 A N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 2 3 S u m o E N s ta m o 5 4 ,6 1 3 5 1 3 5 +_ 1 A S -i 9 0 +_ 1 7 3RX9 310-0AA00 O K NSA00121 S IT O P p o w e r A S -I 10 7 2 0 0 75 6EP1 354-1AL01 NSA00122 135 3RX9 307-1AA00 10 7 3RX9 305-1AA00, 3RX9 306-1AA00 6/140 Siemens IK PI · 2004 0 15 6 E P 1 3 5 4 -1 A L 0 1 1 3 5 N S A 0 0 1 2 4 1 2 5 S IE M E N S 3 6 135 6 V O L T A G E S E L E C T O R d is p la y AS-Interface Power Supply Units Power supply units IP65 ■ Technical specifications AS-Interface IP65 power supply unit Rated input voltage 230 V AC 3RX9 311-0AA00 Rated input voltage 24 V DC 6EP1 632-1AL01 Output current in A 2.4 2.4 Rated input voltage in V 230 AC 24 DC 230 AC Changeover contact (internal) 195 to 253 EN 61 000-4-1 > 20 50/60/47 to 63 24 DC -20.4 to 28.8 DC 35 V DC for max. 500 ms > 10 -- < 0.5 T 2 (not accessible) 3.6 T 6.3 (not accessible) Yes Yes 30 DC (AS-Interface) 29.5 to 31.6 V DC < 300 < 50 Green LED 2.4 (power boost 2.8) 30 DC (AS-Interface) 29.5 to 31.6 V DC < 300 < 50 Green LED 2.4 Efficiency/power loss • Efficiency at Ua rated, Ia rated in % • Power loss at Ua rated, Ia rated in W Approx. 85 Approx. 10 > 81 < 17 Protection and monitoring functions • Output overvoltage protection • Current limitation in A • Short-circuit protection No > 2.8 Yes -From approx. 2.9 Stabilized current approx. 2.9 A Safety • Primary/secondary isolation • Safety class • Degree of protection • Approvals Yes (SELV to EN 60 950) Class I to IEC 536 IP65 CE, UL, CSA (in preparation) Yes (SELV to EN 60 950) Class I to IEC 536 IP65 CE, UL, ship building EMC • Emitted interference • Noise immunity EN 50 081-1 EN 50 082-2 EN 50 081-1, EN 55 022 Cl. B EN 50 082-2 -45 to +55 -45 to +60 -25 to +55 -25 to +85 Max. 80% rel. humidity F to DIN 40 040 Amphenol device socket AS-i+/AS-i: via yellow AS-Interface cable FK line adapter -105 ´ 155 ´ 117 Mounting onto standard rails DIN EN 50 022-35 x 7.5 Circular connector 0.5 to 2.5 mm21) 500 mm 3-wire conductor AWG 14 500 mm 3-wire conductor AWG 14 500 mm 3-wire conductor AWG 14 224 ´ 80 ´ 57 Wall mounting Special function -- -- Accessories -- 6-pole connector for input voltage (6ES5 760-2CA11) and AS-Interface coupling module PG (3RG9 220-0AA00) must be ordered separately Input • Rated input voltage Ue rated in V • Range selection • Input voltage range in V • Overvoltage resistance • Mains buffering at Ie rated in ms • Mains frequency rated value I range in Hz • Input current rating Ie rated in A • Built-in input fuse in A Output • Stabilized floating DC voltage acc. to AS-Interface specification • Rated output voltage Ua rated in V • Total tolerance • Residual ripple in mVpp • Spikes in mVpp • Operational display • Output current rating Ia rated in A Operational data • Ambient temperature range in °C • Transport and storage temperature range in °C • Humidity class Mechanical data • Input connection • Output connection AS-i + • Output connection AS-i • Output connection Ground • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Mounting 6 1) The counterpart is not included in the scope of supply (see accessories). Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/141 AS-Interface Power Supply Units Power supply units IP65 ■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Design AS-Interface power supply unit IP65 Typ e Output current Single output Single output 3RX9 311–0AA00 6EP1 632–1AL01 ■ Dimensional drawings M a in s c o n n e c tio n 5 4 ,6 6 1 1 0 + 1 1 4 8 + 2 ita b le u n tin g 5 0 0 2 n d a rd u n tin g fo r o n to 2 -3 5 x ... ~ A S i+ A S i- P o w e r o n r a il A S -In te rfa c e A S -In te rfa c e c o n n e c tio n A B C D E F G H 1 0 5 + 1 7 3RX9 311-0AA00 1 N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 1 8 1 P E 2 P 2 4 3 M 2 4 P 3 0 M 3 0 s h ie ld P 3 0 M 3 0 s h ie ld O U T P U T 3 0 V /2 ,8 A 6 E P 1 6 3 2 -1 A L 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 1 6 3 1 7 5 2 2 4 6EP1 632-1AL01 6/142 Siemens IK PI · 2004 R D B U B K 1 4 IN P U T 2 4 V /4 ,2 A 5 2 8 0 A S -In te rfa c e p o w e r R U N 6 5 0 0 N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 1 7 1 4 5 + 1 S u m o E N s ta m o A S i in A Rated input voltage in V 2.4 230 AC 3RX9 311-0AA00 24 DC 6EP1 632-1AL01 $6,QWHUIDFH AS-Interface Transmission media AS-Interface shaped cable ■ Overview The actuator-sensor interface, the networking system for the lowest field level, is characterized by easy assembly and installation. A new connection technique has been specially developed for the AS-Interface. The network stations are interconnected via the the AS-Interface cable. This two-core cable has a trapezoidal profile which prevents polarity reversal. Connection is made with the cable using the insulation penetration technique. Blade contacts penetrate the AS-Interface shaped cable and make reliable contact with the two cores. Cutting and stripping of cores is not necessary. This technique allows AS-Interface stations (e.g. I/O modules, intelligent devices) to be connected in the shortest possible time. Devices can also be replaced in an instant. The AS-Interface cable is offered in various materials (rubber, TPE, PUR) to suit applications in a wide range of environmental conditions (e.g. in an atmosphere saturated with oil particles). It is also possible to use a round cable for special applications. In the case of AS-Interface, data and a 24 V DC auxiliary supply voltage can be connected for the sensors (e.g. BERO proximity switches) and actuators (e.g. LEDs) via the yellow AS-Interface cable. For 24 V DC actuators (e.g. solenoid valves) that have a high current requirement or that are integrated into EMERGENCY STOP circuits, the black AS-Interface cable must be used. ■ Technical specifications EPDM (rubber) TPE (special PVC compound) TPE special version acc. to UL Class 2 PUR (Polyurethane) Operating temperature range • Stationary in °C • Moving in °C -40 to +85 -25 to +85 -40 to +105 -30 to +105 -30 to + 90 -20 to + 90 -50 to +90 -50 to +90 Color of cores Brown, blue Brown, blue Brown, blue Brown, blue Flexibility Very Good Good Good Good Behavior in fire flammable flame-retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1 VDE 0482 T. 265-2-1 UL 1581 sec. 1061 cable flame UL 1581 sec. 1060 CSA FT1 flame-retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1 VDE 0482 T. 265-2-1 UL 1581 sec. 1061 cable flame UL 1685 CSA FT4 flame-retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1 VDE 0482 T. 265-2-1 Halogen-free (PVC-free) Yes No No Yes Silicone emission free Yes Yes Yes Yes Ozone and weather resistant Conditionally resisting Resisting Resisting Resisting Oil resistance Conditionally resisting Resisting Resisting Resisting Smallest permissible bending radius acc. to DIN VDE 0298, Part 300, in mm • Fixed in place • Flexible 12 24 12 24 12 24 12 24 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/143 6 AS-Interface Transmission media AS-Interface shaped cable ■ Technical specifications (continued) EPDM (rubber) TPE (special PVC compound) TPE special version acc. to UL Class 2 PUR (Polyurethane) Bending response to DIN VDE 0472, Part 603 No break after 30,000 movements to and fro No break after 30,000 movements to and fro No break after 30,000 movements to and fro No break after 30,000 movements to and fro UL approval No UL 758 AWM UL 758 AWM UL 13 Class 2 UL 444 CMG No CSA approval No C22.2 No.210.2 AWM C22.2 No. 214-02 No Certificate "Überwachtes Gutachten ÜG" (by VDE) No No No VDE reg. No. 9971 300 V/500 V Stationary: -40 to +70 °C Transport: -25 to +70 °C Moving: -15 to +70 °C Approved for marine and offshore applications up to 300 V/500 V: Germanischer Lloyd Lloyds Register of Shipping ABS Europe LTD Bureau Veritas Det Norske Veritas ■ Selection and Ordering data Design AS-Interface shaped cable A S -i b blue la u Material Color Quantity Rubber Yellow (AS-Interface) 100 m roller 3RX9 010-0AA00 1 km drum 3RX9 012-0AA00 Black (24 V DC) 100 m roller 3RX9 020-0AA00 1 km drum 3RX9 022-0AA00 Yellow (AS-Interface) 100 m roller 3RX9 013-0AA00 1 km drum 3RX9 014-0AA00 100 m roller 3RX9 023-0AA00 1 km drum 3RX9 024-0AA00 100 m roller 3RX9 017-0AA00 Black (24 V DC) 100 m roller 3RX9 027-0AA00 Yellow (AS-Interface) 100 m roller 3RX9 015-0AA00 1 km drum 3RX9 016-0AA00 100 m roller 3RX9 025-0AA00 1 km drum 3RX9 026-0AA00 4 1 0 N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 2 5 a 6 Order No. 6 ,5 A S -i brown b ra u n TPE Black (24 V DC) TPE Yellow (AS-Interface) Special design according to UL Class2 PUR 1) Black (24 V DC) 1) Notes about the trailing capability of the AS-i cable with a PUR outer casing: To determine the trailing capability, the AS-i cable was tested in "IGUS trailing chains of Types 10.2.048 and 20.2.55. The trailing chain was fitted with 3 AS-i cables and various different round cables for this purpose. After 3 million bending operations (vertical), there was no damage to the cores or litz wires or to the outer casing (trailing chain equipped to 50% capacity). 6/144 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface System components and accessories Repeater/Extender ■ Overview ■ Benefits Repeaters • Expansion of the range of applications and greater freedom in plant design by extending the AS-Interface segment • Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault with separate display of the correct AS-Interface voltage for each end Extenders • Expansion of the range of applications and greater freedom in plant design by extending the AS-Interface segment • When the extender is used, the master can be located at a distance of up to 100 m and a power supply is not required at the master end. ■ Application The repeater is used to extend the AS-Interface segment by 100 m. • Repeaters for extending the AS-Interface cable by 100 m (max. 300 m possible) • Repeaters can be cascaded • Extenders for extending the distance (max. 100 m) between the master and the AS-Interface segment • Simple assembly technique • IP67 module housing The extender is used to extend the distance between the master and the AS-Interface segment with the AS-Interface slaves to a max. 100 m. A considerably greater cable length than 300 m can be achieved when the repeaters are connected in parallel. The maximum extension range is 500 m. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/145 6 AS-Interface System components and accessories Repeater/Extender ■ Design ■ Ordering data Repeaters • Slaves can be used on both sides of the repeater. • Both sides require an AS-Interface power supply. • Electrical isolation of the two AS-Interface lines. Separate display of correct AS-Interface voltage for each side. • Max. two repeaters may be used in series (max. cable length 300 m). • Parallel connection of several repeaters is possible (star configuration possible). • Installed in user module housing with FK-E coupling module as bottom part. 100 m 100 m 100 m Power section S M Power section Repeater S Repeater S S Repeater Power section S G_IK10_XX_20011 Power section 6 S Repeater connection Extenders • Master can be placed at a distance of up to 100 m from the AS-Interface segment itself. • Slaves can be used only on side turned away from master. • AS-Interface power supply only required on side turned away from master. • No electrical isolation of the two AS-Interface shaped cable strands. • Indication of correct AS-Interface voltage. • Installed in user module housing with FK-E coupling module as bottom part. 100 m 100 m 100 m Power section Power section No slaves Extender Repeater M S S S G_IK10_XX_20012 Extender connection 6/146 Siemens IK PI · 2004 Order No. Repeater for AS-Interface For extending the cable run incorporating FK-E coupling module 6GK1 210-0SA00 Extender for AS-Interface For installation of the master at a distance incorporating FK-E coupling module 6GK1 210-1SA00 AS-Interface System components and accessories Addressing units ■ Overview ■ Function • Reading out the slave addresses 0 to 31, A/B • Reading out the I/O and ID-codes of the slaves • Standard and expanded ID-code 1 and ID-code 2 • Standard and expanded addressing mode according to AS-Interface Version 2.1 • Programming ID-code 1 • Function testing of slaves: Read inputs and wire outputs of digital or anlog slaves • AS-Interface test: Measurement of voltage (measuring range 0 to 35 V) and current consumption (measuring range 0 to 100 mA) of the AS-Interface bus • Storage: Complete plant configurations can be saved (profiles of all slaves, also extension in accordance with AS-Interface specification 2.1) • Detection of complete system configurations Before data transfer can take place with the master, addresses must be assigned to all stations before the AS-Interface network is created. This can • be performed offline using an addressing unit or • online using a master of the AS-Interface system. 6 The addresses themselves are the values 1 to 31 (or 1A to 31A and 1B to 31B for the extended specification). A new slave that has not yet been addressed has the address 0. It is recognized, also by the master, as a new slave (not yet addressed) and is not integrated in the normal communication in this state. The addresses are assigned as required, i.e. it is of no consequence whether the first slave has the address 21 or whether address 1 is assigned to the first slave. ■ Technical specifications AS-Interface addressing and diagnostic unit 3RK1 904-2AB01 Power supply The standard power supply is provided by 4 IEC LR6 (NEDA 15) batteries and guarantees that at least 2,500 addressing operations can be performed. To save the batteries, automatic switch-off takes place approx. 1 min. after the last button operation. Ambient conditions • Operating temperature range in °C • Storage temperature range in °C • Relative humidity in % • Height above sea level in m • Installation site 0 to +55 -20 to +55 (without batteries) Max. 75, condensation must be prevented Up to 2,000 Indoors only Mechanical design • Degree of protection - Units - Connection sockets • Dimensions in mm • Connection IP50 IP20 84 x 195 x 35 via M12 socket Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/147 AS-Interface System components and accessories Addressing units ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface addressing and diagnostics unit For active AS-Interface modules, intelligent sensors and actuators According to AS-Interface Version 2.1 Including expanded addressing mode Scope of supply: • One addressing unit • One operator’s guide (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish) • One addressing cable (1.5 m, with jack plug) 3RK1 904-2AB01 FK-E coupling module with integrated addressing socket 1) For addressing application modules 3RK1 901-1MA00 Addressing cable with M12 female connector 1) For addressing light curtains or K60R modules 1.5 m 3RX1 642 Addressing cable with jack plug 2) 1.5 m Already included in scope of supply of the addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB01 Z231A 3RK1 904-2AB01 Accessories 6 1) Not included in scope of supply of addressing unit 3RK1 904 0AB01. 2) Ordering is only possible via the following address: Gossen-Metrawatt GmbH, Thomas-Mann-Str. 16-20, 90471 Nuremberg, Germany Tel.: +49 911/8602-111, Fax: +49 911/8602-777, e-mail: info@gmc-instruments.com 6/148 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface System components and accessories Diagnostic units ■ Overview ■ Function Connection As a passive station, the AS-Interface Analyzer listens to the communication on the AS-Interface network. At the same time, the analyzer is powered from the AS-Interface cable. This bus monitor interprets the physical signals, and records the communication. The AS-Interface Analyzer is used to test AS-Interface networks. Troubleshooting is made systematic, and permanent monitoring is made easier. The obtained data are transferred to a PC (usually a notebook) via an RS232 interface, and evaluated there using the supplied diagnostics software. 6 Online statistics Faults during installation, e.g. loose contacts or EMC problems with extreme loads, can be detected by this analyzer. The easily used software permits checking of the quality of complete networks without having detailed technical knowledge of the AS-Interface. The AS-Interface Analyzer additionally permits documentation for commissioning and implemented services through the simple generation of test reports for the recordings made. Detailed diagnostics is made possible for advanced AS-Interface users by means of trigger functions. ■ Benefits • Simple and convenient operation permits diagnostics of AS-Interface networks without specialists. • Fast troubleshooting is made possible by the intuitive display in statistics mode. • Test reports provide proof of the state and quality of the installation for servicing and approval. • Reports facilitate remote diagnostics by the technical assistance department. • Advanced trigger functions permit exact analysis. • Process data can be monitored online. This mode provides a fast overview of the existing AS-Interface system. The error rates per slave are displayed in a traffic signal function (green, yellow, red). The slave configuration and the currently transmitted data are displayed in a clear manner. The expanded statistics provides information on the numerical data of the transmitted telegrams. Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/149 AS-Interface System components and accessories Diagnostic units ■ Function (continued) Test report Trace modus The telegram display in the style of a classical bus monitor is indispensable for complex troubleshooting. Comprehensive trigger functions as well as recording and viewing filters are available here. The mode is rounded off by external trigger inputs and trigger outputs to permit even the most difficult faults to be found. The recorded data of the online statistics can be simply output and documented in a test report. This provides proof of the state of the installation for approvals or for servicing. 6 ■ Technical specifications AS-Interface Analyser 3RK1 904-3AB00 Interfaces AS-Interface RS 232 for connection to the PC Trigger input (24 V) Trigger output (TTL) Displays / LEDs Power supply OK (Power) RS 232 interface in use Test mode Statistics mode Telegram memory 256,000 AS-Interface telegrams Rated operating current in mA Approx. 70 from AS-Interface Rated insulation voltage in V > 500 EMC According to EN50081-2, EN61000-6-2 Ambient temperature in °C 0 to +55 Storage temperature in °C -25 to +70 Requirements IBM-compatible PC, 80486 or better Operating system Windows 95/98, Windows ME, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows NT ■ Selection and Ordering data Design Order No. AS-Interface Analyzer New For testing actuator/sensor interface systems For servicing in installations and networks with AS-Interface systems Scope of delivery: • One AS-Interface Analyzer • One RS 232 cable for connection to the PC • Diagnostics software (CD-ROM) 3RK1 904-3AB00 AS-Interface M12 branch Transition from AS-Interface shaped cable to standard round cable Insulation piercing method for connection of AS-Interface cable M12 socket for connection of standard round cable IP67 degree of protection 3RX9 801-0AA00 M12 cable plug Cable: PUR Length: 5 m Color: black 3RX1 672 Accessories 6/150 Siemens IK PI · 2004 AS-Interface System components and accessories Miscellaneous accessories ■ Selection and Ordering data 3RX9 801-0AA00 Design Order No. AS-Interface M12 branch Transition from AS-Interface shaped cable to standard round cable Insulation piercing method for connection of AS-Interface cable M12 socket for connection of standard round cable IP67 degree of protection 3RX9 801-0AA00 AS-Interface M12 sealing caps For spare M12 sockets (one packing contains ten sealing caps) 3RK1 901-1KA00 AS-Interface M12 sealing caps, protected against manipulation For spare M12 sockets (one packing contains ten sealing caps) 3RK1 901-1KA01 AS-Interface M8 sealing caps For spare M8 sockets (one packing contains ten sealing caps) 3RK1 901-1PN00 AS-Interface Pg 11 seal For AS-Interface shaped cable For inserting in Pg 11 cable glands (one packing contains ten seals) 3RX9 805-0AA00 3RK1 901-1KA00 3RK1 901-1KA01 3RK1 901-1PN00 3RX9 805-0AA00 Cable adapter for flat cable/Pg connection of AS-Interface cable to Pg cable glands with insulation piercing method 6 • Continues via standard cable 3RX9 806-0AA00 - For Pg 9 screwed gland 3RX9 808-0AA00 - For Pg 11 screwed gland 3RX9 806-0AA00 - For Pg 13.5 screwed gland 3RX9 807-0AA00 • Continues via pins - For Pg 9 screwed gland 3RX9 818-0AA00 - For Pg 11 screwed gland 3RX9 816-0AA00 - For Pg 13.5 screwed gland 3RX9 817-0AA00 Cable adapter for flat cable Connection of AS-Interface cable to metric cable gland with insulation piercing method • Continues via standard cable 3RK1 901-3QM00 3RK1 901-3QA00 - For M16 cable gland 3RK1 901-3QM00 - For M20 cable gland 3RK1 901-3QM10 • Continues via pins - For M16 cable gland 3RK1 901-3QM01 - For M20 cable gland 3RK1 901-3QM11 Cable clip for cable adapter compatible to 3RX9 806-0AA00 3RX9 807-0AA00 3RX9 808-0AA00 3RX9 816-0AA00 3RX9 817-0AA00 3RX9 818-0AA00 (one packing contains ten cable clips) 3RK1 901-3QA00 Cable end piece For sealing open cable ends (of the AS-Interface shaped cable) in IP67 (one packing contains ten cable end pieces) 3RK1 901-1MN00 3RK1 901-1MN00 Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/151 AS-Interface System components and accessories Miscellaneous accessories ■ Selection and Ordering data (continued) Design Order No. AS-Interface cover For FK and Pg coupling modules EMS (electromechanical interface) 3RX9 800-0AA00 4-way distributor Passive without LED 3RG9 001-0AD00 3RX9 800-0AA00 3RG9 001-0AD00 6 Documentation Brochures ■ Overview You can request the brochure About AS-Interface – An Overview for Beginners and Users” free of charge in English and in German • by faxing to Fax. No. +49 911 978-33 21 supplying the reference code CD/Z 735 and your address or on the Internet under the heading Documentation: Additional information is available in the Internet under: http://www.siemens.de/as-interface 6/152 Siemens IK PI · 2004
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.5 Linearized : No Page Count : 152 Page Mode : UseThumbs Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6 About : uuid:40cb690c-dae3-48c7-9066-6ba135ada604 Modify Date : 2003:11:17 12:27:14+01:00 Create Date : 2003:11:17 11:51:15+01:00 Metadata Date : 2003:11:17 12:27:14+01:00 Document ID : uuid:8a6275a2-21ca-4675-9cf8-00468de086a4 Format : application/pdf Title : 01_Titel+Umschlag_IKPI_2004_eng_30mm.FH10 Creator : Windows NT 4.0 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 3.01 for WindowsEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools